Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,716 missions · 925 completed

Missions

Open791Completed925All1716
Graph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Lightning Network Economics: Topology I: A Cost-Minimizing Lightning Network Is Bipartite, with All Net Flows from One Side to the OtherResearch Paper

Why the topology of payment-channel networks matters

The Lightning Network (LN) is a second-layer payment system for Bitcoin. Instead of recording every payment on the blockchain, two parties lock funds in a payment channel and settle many payments off-chain; payments between parties without a common channel are routed along paths of channels. Locking funds is costly, and the amount a channel needs grows with the net flow it carries. Which channel topology supports a given pattern of payments at least total cost is therefore an economic design question for the network's participants.

Guasoni, Huberman and Shikhelman (SSRN 4439190, 2023; published in Management Science, 2024) study this question for a general cost function, assuming only a few qualitative properties derived in their earlier work on channel economics ([GHS22], Lightning Network Economics: Channels). This mission covers §3.1 of the paper, local channel reconfiguration: a relaying node can be bypassed at lower cost, odd cycles are never optimal, and a cost-minimizing network is bipartite with every net flow going from one side to the other. Three companion missions (II–IV of this series) cover hermetization by a routing hub (§3.2) and bounds on the global minimal cost (§3.3).

Setting

Let VVV be a finite set of nodes. A payment flow is a vector F=(fi)i∈VF=(f_i)_{i\in V}F=(fi​)i∈V​ of net flows with ∑ifi=0\sum_i f_i=0∑i​fi​=0. A Lightning Network on VVV is an anti-symmetric real matrix Λ=(λu,v)u,v∈V\Lambda=(\lambda_{u,v})_{u,v\in V}Λ=(λu,v​)u,v∈V​, λu,v=−λv,u\lambda_{u,v}=-\lambda_{v,u}λu,v​=−λv,u​, where λu,v\lambda_{u,v}λu,v​ is the net flow from uuu to vvv in the channel between them and λu,v=0\lambda_{u,v}=0λu,v​=0 means there is no channel. The network supports FFF if

∑j∈Vλi,j=fifor every i∈V.\sum_{j\in V}\lambda_{i,j}=f_i\qquad\text{for every } i\in V .j∈V∑​λi,j​=fi​for every i∈V.

A channel cost function is c:R→R≥0c:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R_{\ge0}c:R→R≥0​ with

  • (MO) c(x)>c(y)c(x)>c(y)c(x)>c(y) for x>y≥0x>y\ge 0x>y≥0;
  • (SY) c(−x)=c(x)c(-x)=c(x)c(−x)=c(x);
  • (CI) c(0)=0c(0)=0c(0)=0;
  • (SA) c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y) for x,y>0x,y>0x,y>0.

The cost of a network is c(Λ)=12∑i,jc(λi,j)c(\Lambda)=\tfrac12\sum_{i,j}c(\lambda_{i,j})c(Λ)=21​∑i,j​c(λi,j​), the sum of ccc over its channels. A network is cost-minimizing for FFF if it supports FFF and no Lightning Network on the same node set VVV that supports FFF has smaller cost.

The paper's channel notation: uv→λ\overrightarrow{uv}^{\lambda}uvλ is a channel with net flow λ\lambdaλ from uuu to vvv, and axy↔b{}^{a}\overleftrightarrow{xy}^{b}axy​b is a channel in which yyy sends aaa and xxx sends bbb, so the net flow from xxx to yyy is b−ab-ab−a.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 3.3

If Λ\LambdaΛ is cost-minimizing for FFF, there is a set A⊆VA\subseteq VA⊆V with B=V∖AB=V\setminus AB=V∖A such that the channel graph (i∼ji\sim ji∼j iff λi,j≠0\lambda_{i,j}\ne0λi,j​=0) is bipartite with parts A,BA,BA,B, and

λi,j>0 ⟹ i∈A, j∈B.\lambda_{i,j}>0\ \Longrightarrow\ i\in A,\ j\in B .λi,j​>0 ⟹ i∈A, j∈B.

The statement is conditional and does not assert that a minimizer exists.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.1. For distinct u,v,wu,v,wu,v,w and λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0, the structure uv→λ1,vw→λ2\overrightarrow{uv}^{\lambda_1},\overrightarrow{vw}^{\lambda_2}uvλ1​,vwλ2​ is not cost-minimizing; if λ1≤λ2\lambda_1\le\lambda_2λ1​≤λ2​ the structure uw→λ1,λ1vw↔λ2\overrightarrow{uw}^{\lambda_1},{}^{\lambda_1}\overleftrightarrow{vw}^{\lambda_2}uwλ1​,λ1​vwλ2​ supports the same flow at strictly lower cost, and if λ1≥λ2\lambda_1\ge\lambda_2λ1​≥λ2​ so does λ2uv↔λ1,uw→λ2{}^{\lambda_2}\overleftrightarrow{uv}^{\lambda_1},\overrightarrow{uw}^{\lambda_2}λ2​uvλ1​,uwλ2​.
  2. The in-and-out claim (proof of Corollary 3.2). In an arbitrary network supporting FFF, if λu,v>0\lambda_{u,v}>0λu,v​>0 and λv,w>0\lambda_{v,w}>0λv,w​>0 for some u,v,wu,v,wu,v,w, the network is not cost-minimizing.
  3. Corollary 3.2. A network containing a cycle of odd length is not cost-minimizing.
  4. Corollary 3.11 (a sibling corollary of Theorem 3.1, not on the path to the goal). If fi1,fi2>0>fj1,fj2f_{i_1},f_{i_2}>0>f_{j_1},f_{j_2}fi1​​,fi2​​>0>fj1​​,fj2​​ for distinct i1≠i2i_1\ne i_2i1​=i2​, j1≠j2j_1\ne j_2j1​=j2​, no star network is cost-minimizing.

Significance

Corollary 3.3 says that in an optimal Lightning Network every node is a pure sender or a pure receiver, and that no node relays payments. This sits in tension with the observed LN, which is organized around large routing hubs; the paper reconciles the two in §3.2 by allowing new nodes. Corollary 3.11 shows that the star, the intuitive candidate for a cheapest topology, is optimal only with a single net payer or a single net payee.

The results are proved in the paper, with short arguments in its Appendix A, and they have no machine-checked proof. This mission adds a precise version of the model, in which the meaning of "cost-minimizing", the sign conventions and the corrected cost axioms are fixed, and a formal proof of the chain Theorem 3.1 → odd cycles → bipartite structure for an arbitrary cost function satisfying the axioms.

Difficulty

Theorem 3.1 on its own is a two-line computation. The difficulty is in applying it inside an arbitrary network. When uuu and www already share a channel, adding λ1\lambda_1λ1​ or λ2\lambda_2λ2​ to it requires c(a+b)≤c(a)+c(b)c(a+b)\le c(a)+c(b)c(a+b)≤c(a)+c(b) for reals of either sign. That inequality is not among the axioms and has to be derived from them. The odd-cycle step needs a pigeonhole argument on channel orientations around a cycle. The bipartite step needs either König's characterization of bipartite graphs or a direct construction of the parts from the flow directions. The naive formalization that re-states Theorem 3.1 only for a network with exactly two channels does not reach the corollaries.

Formalization scope

  • The node set is an arbitrary finite type V, not {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}. The matrix is Λ : V → V → ℝ, because λ is a Lean keyword.
  • Sign convention. Support is the row-sum display ∑jλi,j=fi\sum_j\lambda_{i,j}=f_i∑j​λi,j​=fi​ of §2.1, under which a net payer has fi>0f_i>0fi​>0. The paper's examples (§2, Figure 1, proof of Theorem 3.1) use the opposite sign. Every statement here is invariant under F↦−FF\mapsto-FF↦−F, and Theorem 3.1 is stated with "the same flow" given by Supports, which is independent of the sign.
  • Cost is the form 12∑i,jc(λi,j)\tfrac12\sum_{i,j}c(\lambda_{i,j})21​∑i,j​c(λi,j​), which needs no order on VVV.
  • Cost-minimizing compares with networks on the same node set VVV; a network with an added hub (§3.2) is not an alternative.
  • Axiom correction (SA). The paper prints (SA) as "c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y)c(x+y)<c(x)+c(y) for x>y≥0x>y\ge0x>y≥0", which fails at y=0y=0y=0, so every theorem would hold vacuously. The formalization uses x,y>0x,y>0x,y>0, the form verified in Appendix D. The stronger axiom (SA+) is not used in this mission.
  • Cycles are injective maps Fin k → V, k≥3k\ge3k≥3 odd, with cyclic successor finRotate k. A channel is a nonzero entry in either direction.
  • Bipartite is Mathlib's SimpleGraph.IsBipartiteWith A Aᶜ on the channel graph, with the flow-direction clause stated separately as the stronger content.
  • The star is the network whose only channels join each i≠hi\ne hi=h to the hub hhh with net flow fif_ifi​; Corollary 3.11 assumes ∑ifi=0\sum_i f_i=0∑i​fi​=0.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the cost function is arbitrary subject to the axioms (no ∣x∣\sqrt{|x|}∣x∣​ or linear cost); cost-minimization ranges over all networks on VVV, not over a fixed edge set; VVV is not fixed to three nodes; the in-and-out claim is stated for arbitrary networks; and AAA and BBB are complementary, so they cannot overlap.

König's theorem is in Mathlib (SimpleGraph.two_colorable_iff_forall_loop_even) and proved on the platform (FamousTheorems.two_colorable_iff_no_odd_cycle_6b), so it is not posed here. The derived two-sided subadditivity of ccc, and a lemma rerouting a relayed flow inside an arbitrary network, are reusable in the other missions of the series. Contributions of such auxiliary lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Guasoni, G. Huberman, C. Shikhelman, Lightning Network Economics: Topology, SSRN working paper 4439190, version of February 3, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4439190 (published in Management Science, 2024, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03872).
  • P. Guasoni, G. Huberman, C. Shikhelman, Lightning Network Economics: Channels, working paper, 2022 ([GHS22] in the paper; the source of the cost axioms).
  • D. Kőnig, Theorie der endlichen und unendlichen Graphen, Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft, Leipzig, 1936.
  • J. Poon, T. Dryja, The Bitcoin Lightning Network: Scalable Off-Chain Instant Payments, 2015 (as cited in the paper). https://lightning.network/lightning-network-paper.pdf
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning 1: The Circumcenter Policy Has Offline Worst-Case Regret at Most sin α(C(D)), or 1 When α(C(D)) ≥ π/2, and No Policy Does BetterResearch Paper

Motivation

Inverse optimization asks for the objective of an optimization problem when only its optimal decisions are observed. It was formalized for linear programs by Ahuja and Orlin (Operations Research 2001) and has since been used to infer costs, preferences and utilities from observed choices, for instance in routing, pricing and the imitation of expert planners (see the survey discussion in Chan, Lee and Terekhov, Management Science 2019, and the noisy-data setting of Aswani, Shen and Siddiq, Operations Research 2018).

Besbes, Fonseca and Lobel (arXiv:2106.14015; Operations Research, 2025) study a contextual version: the problems a decision-maker faces change from instance to instance, and the observed expert decisions constrain a fixed but unknown cost vector. Their question is not how to estimate the cost, but which decisions to take so that the loss against the expert is as small as possible in the worst case. This mission formalizes the answer in the offline setting, where a finite data set is given in advance. The text used is the arXiv preprint v3 (1 July 2023); all theorem numbers refer to it.

Setting

Actions live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and costs in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, both with the Euclidean norm, and d≥2d\ge2d≥2. The unknown cost c⋆c^\starc⋆ lies on the unit sphere Sd={c:∥c∥=1}S^d=\{c:\|c\|=1\}Sd={c:∥c∥=1}.

An instance is a pair (X,f)(\mathcal X,f)(X,f): a feasible set X∈B\mathcal X\in\mathcal BX∈B, i.e. a nonempty compact subset of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with diameter at most 111, and a context function f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F, i.e. a 111-Lipschitz map Rn→Rd\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^dRn→Rd. Given a cost ccc, the forward problem is

ψ(c,X,f)=arg min⁡x∈Xf(x)′c,\psi(c,\mathcal X,f)=\operatorname*{arg\,min}_{x\in\mathcal X} f(x)'c,ψ(c,X,f)=x∈Xargmin​f(x)′c,

a set of minimizers.

The offline data are D={(Xi,fi,xi⋆)}i=1N\mathcal D=\{(\mathcal X_i,f_i,x^\star_i)\}_{i=1}^ND={(Xi​,fi​,xi⋆​)}i=1N​ with xi⋆∈ψ(c⋆,Xi,fi)x^\star_i\in\psi(c^\star,\mathcal X_i,f_i)xi⋆​∈ψ(c⋆,Xi​,fi​). The costs compatible with them form the knowledge set

C(D)={c∈Sd: c′fi(xi⋆)≤c′fi(x)  ∀x∈Xi, i=1,…,N}.C(\mathcal D)=\{c\in S^d:\ c'f_i(x^\star_i)\le c'f_i(x)\ \ \forall x\in\mathcal X_i,\ i=1,\dots,N\}.C(D)={c∈Sd: c′fi​(xi⋆​)≤c′fi​(x)  ∀x∈Xi​, i=1,…,N}.

A policy maps the data and a new instance (X,f)(\mathcal X,f)(X,f) to an action xπ∈Xx^\pi\in\mathcal Xxπ∈X, and its regret on the instance is (f(xπ)−f(x⋆))′c⋆(f(x^\pi)-f(x^\star))'c^\star(f(xπ)−f(x⋆))′c⋆ with x⋆∈ψ(c⋆,X,f)x^\star\in\psi(c^\star,\mathcal X,f)x⋆∈ψ(c⋆,X,f). The worst-case regret WCRπ(D)\mathcal{WCR}^\pi(\mathcal D)WCRπ(D) is the supremum of the regret over c⋆∈C(D)c^\star\in C(\mathcal D)c⋆∈C(D), X∈B\mathcal X\in\mathcal BX∈B and f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F.

The angle between two vectors is θ(c,c^)=arccos⁡(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥))\theta(c,\hat c)=\arccos\big(c'\hat c/(\|c\|\|\hat c\|)\big)θ(c,c^)=arccos(c′c^/(∥c∥∥c^∥)), with θ(c,0)=θ(0,c^)=0\theta(c,0)=\theta(0,\hat c)=0θ(c,0)=θ(0,c^)=0. The uncertainty angle of a set CCC is

α(C)=inf⁡c^∈Sd sup⁡c∈C θ(c,c^),\alpha(C)=\inf_{\hat c\in S^d}\ \sup_{c\in C}\ \theta(c,\hat c),α(C)=c^∈Sdinf​ c∈Csup​ θ(c,c^),

and a circumcenter c^(C)\hat c(C)c^(C) is a point of SdS^dSd attaining the infimum. Geometrically, α(C)\alpha(C)α(C) is the aperture of the narrowest revolution cone containing CCC and c^(C)\hat c(C)c^(C) is its axis. The circumcenter policy answers an instance with any xπ∈ψ(c^(C(D)),X,f)x^\pi\in\psi(\hat c(C(\mathcal D)),\mathcal X,f)xπ∈ψ(c^(C(D)),X,f). Write g(a)=1{a<π/2}sin⁡a+1{a≥π/2}g(a)=\mathbf 1\{a<\pi/2\}\sin a+\mathbf 1\{a\ge\pi/2\}g(a)=1{a<π/2}sina+1{a≥π/2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (offline minimax regret), p. 12

For every realizable data set,

WCRπ(D) ≤ g(α(C(D)))\mathcal{WCR}^{\pi}(\mathcal D)\ \le\ g\big(\alpha(C(\mathcal D))\big)WCRπ(D) ≤ g(α(C(D)))

for the circumcenter policy π\piπ, whatever circumcenter and whatever minimizer it picks. Conversely, for every αˉ∈[0,π]\bar\alpha\in[0,\pi]αˉ∈[0,π] there is an information set C⊆SdC\subseteq S^dC⊆Sd with α(C)=αˉ\alpha(C)=\bar\alphaα(C)=αˉ on which every policy suffers regret at least g(αˉ)g(\bar\alpha)g(αˉ) on some instance. The upper bound and the lower bound are one statement.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 11). For a proxy cost cπ∈Sdc^\pi\in S^dcπ∈Sd and a true cost c⋆∈Sdc^\star\in S^dc⋆∈Sd, the worst-case regret over instances and over minimizers xπ∈ψ(cπ,X,f)x^\pi\in\psi(c^\pi,\mathcal X,f)xπ∈ψ(cπ,X,f) is attained and equals g(θ(c⋆,cπ))g(\theta(c^\star,c^\pi))g(θ(c⋆,cπ)):
L(cπ,c⋆)={sin⁡θ(c⋆,cπ)θ(c⋆,cπ)<π/2,1otherwise.\mathcal L(c^\pi,c^\star)=\begin{cases}\sin\theta(c^\star,c^\pi)&\theta(c^\star,c^\pi)<\pi/2,\\1&\text{otherwise.}\end{cases}L(cπ,c⋆)={sinθ(c⋆,cπ)1​θ(c⋆,cπ)<π/2,otherwise.​
  1. Lemma 2 (p. 12). Every nonempty C⊆RdC\subseteq\mathbb R^dC⊆Rd has a circumcenter; it is unique when C∖{0}≠∅C\setminus\{0\}\neq\emptysetC∖{0}=∅ and α(C)<π/2\alpha(C)<\pi/2α(C)<π/2.

Significance

Theorem 1 identifies the minimax offline regret of contextual inverse optimization with a single geometric number of the knowledge set, sin⁡α(C(D))\sin\alpha(C(\mathcal D))sinα(C(D)) (or 111), and shows that one explicit policy, acting as if the cost were the circumcenter, attains it uniformly over all instances. It reduces the design of offline policies to computing a circumcenter, and it is the benchmark that the paper's online analysis (§4–§5) compares against: the online policies are judged by how fast they shrink the uncertainty angle.

The results are proved in the paper (App-3–App-9). To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them yields a verified statement of the minimax value, a reusable notion of uncertainty angle and circumcenter for arbitrary subsets of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and the exact tightness of the bound, including the regime α≥π/2\alpha\ge\pi/2α≥π/2 where nature can force the maximal regret.

Difficulty

The upper bound is not a direct consequence of the definitions: the regret involves an arbitrary compact action set and an arbitrary 111-Lipschitz context, and the only link between the circumcenter's choice and c⋆c^\starc⋆ is that xπx^\pixπ is optimal for the wrong cost. Lemma 1 is where this link is turned into an angle, and its value must be matched exactly, not up to constants. Lemma 2 requires care because the objective c^↦sup⁡c∈Cθ(c,c^)\hat c\mapsto\sup_{c\in C}\theta(c,\hat c)c^↦supc∈C​θ(c,c^) is a supremum over an arbitrary, possibly non-closed, set and the angle convention at 000 breaks continuity. The lower bound must hold for every policy, including ones that exploit tie-breaking, so the hard instance must be chosen after the policy.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The angle vecAngle is defined directly with value 000 when either argument is 000; Mathlib's InnerProductGeometry.angle (which is π/2\pi/2π/2 there) is not used. α\alphaα is a real infimum over the sphere of a real supremum over CCC; the angles lie in [0,π][0,\pi][0,π], so both are genuine when CCC is nonempty. Action sets are nonempty compact sets of diameter at most 111 (nonemptiness is added: an empty feasible set has no action), contexts are 111-Lipschitz, and data are indexed by Fin N.

Committed conventions and pins:

  • d≥2d\ge2d≥2 is the paper's standing assumption (p. 7). n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is added on Lemma 1 and on Theorem 1: in R0\mathbb R^0R0 every regret is 000 and the lower bounds would be false.
  • Theorem 1's upper bound assumes realizable data (some c0∈Sdc_0\in S^dc0​∈Sd explains every observation), as the paper's data model does; this makes C(D)C(\mathcal D)C(D) nonempty.
  • Worst-case regrets are never written as real suprema. The upper bound quantifies over every c⋆∈C(D)c^\star\in C(\mathcal D)c⋆∈C(D), instance, circumcenter, policy minimizer and expert minimizer. Lemma 1 is stated with IsGreatest, and the lower bound of Theorem 1 in attained form, which implies the paper's statement about the supremum.
  • In the lower bound the quantifiers are ordered as in the paper: the set CCC, then the policy (any map from instances to feasible actions), then nature's instance.

A formalization that bounds the regret only for one selected minimizer of the forward problem, or that chooses the hard instance before the policy, proves a different and weaker theorem and is excluded.

The development needs: compactness and lower semicontinuity on the sphere (existence of a circumcenter), elementary spherical geometry for the uniqueness and for sin⁡θ\sin\thetasinθ as the value of a two-point instance, and monotonicity of ggg on [0,π][0,\pi][0,π]. The angle, uncertainty angle and circumcenter definitions are reusable for the online missions of this series. Proofs of the two lemmas are the natural first contributions.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes, Y. Fonseca, I. Lobel, Contextual Inverse Optimization: Offline and Online Learning, arXiv preprint v3, 2023; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14015v3
  • R. K. Ahuja, J. B. Orlin, Inverse optimization, Operations Research 49(5):771–783, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.5.771.10607
  • T. C. Y. Chan, T. Lee, D. Terekhov, Inverse optimization: closed-form solutions, geometry, and goodness of fit, Management Science 65(3):1115–1135, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2017.2992
  • A. Aswani, Z.-J. Shen, A. Siddiq, Inverse optimization with noisy data, Operations Research 66(3):870–892, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1705
  • R. Henrion, A. Seeger, Inradius and circumradius of various convex cones arising in applications, Set-Valued and Variational Analysis 18(3–4):483–511, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-010-0150-z
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisOperations ResearchPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions in Control Problems with Random State Constraints in Probabilistic or Almost Sure Form IV: Radon-Measure Optimality Conditions for Robust State ConstraintsResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimal control problems governed by partial differential equations (PDEs) often carry uncertainty in their data, for example a random source term. When the state must stay below a threshold, there are several ways to impose the constraint: with high probability (chance constraints), almost surely, or for every value in a fixed uncertainty set (robust constraints). C. Geiersbach and R. Henrion (arXiv:2306.03965v2, Math. Oper. Res. 2025) derive first-order optimality conditions for all three models for the same elliptic model problem. This mission covers the robust model of §3.2 (pp. 23–25). Its Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) system has a Radon measure as multiplier, and it is related to the semi-infinite programming view of the same problem.

Robust state constraints are also the limiting case of the almost-sure model: by Lemma 3.4 of the paper (p. 19), an almost-sure constraint and the constraint for every parameter in the support of the distribution coincide when the constraint function is lower semicontinuous in the parameter. The robust multipliers live in C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗C(\bar D\times\Xi)^*C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗, which is a space of measures, whereas the almost-sure multipliers of §3.1 contain singular functionals with no such representation.

Setting

Let D⊆RdD\subseteq\mathbb R^dD⊆Rd, d∈{1,2,3}d\in\{1,2,3\}d∈{1,2,3}, be open, bounded and of class S: there are γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and r0>0r_0>0r0​>0 such that meas⁡(Br(x)∖D)≥γmeas⁡(Br(x))\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x)\setminus D)\ge\gamma\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x))meas(Br​(x)∖D)≥γmeas(Br​(x)) for all x∈∂Dx\in\partial Dx∈∂D and 0<r<r00<r<r_00<r<r0​. Let Ξ⊂Rm\Xi\subset\mathbb R^mΞ⊂Rm be compact, let f0,φ1,…,φm∈L2(D)f_0,\varphi_1,\dots,\varphi_m\in L^2(D)f0​,φ1​,…,φm​∈L2(D), and set f(x,z)=f0(x)+∑i=1mziφi(x)f(x,z)=f_0(x)+\sum_{i=1}^m z_i\varphi_i(x)f(x,z)=f0​(x)+∑i=1m​zi​φi​(x) (Assumption 1.1, eq. (3)). The solution operator A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ)A^{-1}:L^2(D)\to C(\bar D)A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ) maps FFF to the unique weak solution y∈H01(D)∩C(Dˉ)y\in H^1_0(D)\cap C(\bar D)y∈H01​(D)∩C(Dˉ) of −Δy=F-\Delta y=F−Δy=F in DDD, y=0y=0y=0 on ∂D\partial D∂D.

For a control u∈L2(D)u\in L^2(D)u∈L2(D), a cost F:L2(D)→RF:L^2(D)\to\mathbb RF:L2(D)→R and a threshold α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R, the robust problem (63) is

min⁡u∈L2(D)F(u)s.t.−Δy^(⋅,z)=u+f(⋅,z) in D,y^(⋅,z)=0 on ∂D,y^(x,z)≤α  ∀(x,z)∈D×Ξ.\min_{u\in L^2(D)}F(u)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad -\Delta\hat y(\cdot,z)=u+f(\cdot,z)\ \text{in }D,\quad \hat y(\cdot,z)=0\ \text{on }\partial D,\quad \hat y(x,z)\le\alpha\ \ \forall (x,z)\in D\times\Xi.u∈L2(D)min​F(u)s.t.−Δy^​(⋅,z)=u+f(⋅,z) in D,y^​(⋅,z)=0 on ∂D,y^​(x,z)≤α  ∀(x,z)∈D×Ξ.

The state is S^(u)∈C(Dˉ×Ξ)\hat{\mathcal S}(u)\in C(\bar D\times\Xi)S^(u)∈C(Dˉ×Ξ), [S^(u)](x,z)=[A−1(u+f(⋅,z))](x)[\hat{\mathcal S}(u)](x,z)=[A^{-1}(u+f(\cdot,z))](x)[S^(u)](x,z)=[A−1(u+f(⋅,z))](x), and G^(u)=S^(u)−α\hat{\mathcal G}(u)=\hat{\mathcal S}(u)-\alphaG^​(u)=S^(u)−α. The cone is K^={y∈C(Dˉ×Ξ):y≤0}\hat{\mathcal K}=\{y\in C(\bar D\times\Xi):y\le0\}K^={y∈C(Dˉ×Ξ):y≤0} and its polar cone is K^−={y∗∈C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗:⟨y∗,y⟩≤0 ∀y∈K^}\hat{\mathcal K}^-=\{y^*\in C(\bar D\times\Xi)^*:\langle y^*,y\rangle\le0\ \forall y\in\hat{\mathcal K}\}K^−={y∗∈C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗:⟨y∗,y⟩≤0 ∀y∈K^}. The linear part of the state is [A^−1B^h](x,z)=[A−1h](x)[\hat{\mathcal A}^{-1}\hat{\mathcal B}h](x,z)=[A^{-1}h](x)[A^−1B^h](x,z)=[A−1h](x). The active set is M(u)={(x,z)∈Dˉ×Ξ:[S^(u)](x,z)=max⁡Dˉ×ΞS^(u)}M(u)=\{(x,z)\in\bar D\times\Xi:[\hat{\mathcal S}(u)](x,z)=\max_{\bar D\times\Xi}\hat{\mathcal S}(u)\}M(u)={(x,z)∈Dˉ×Ξ:[S^(u)](x,z)=maxDˉ×Ξ​S^(u)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3.14 refined to (66), pp. 23–24

Let FFF be convex and continuously Fréchet differentiable, and assume the constraint qualification 0∈int⁡{G^(L2(D))−K^}0\in\operatorname{int}\{\hat{\mathcal G}(L^2(D))-\hat{\mathcal K}\}0∈int{G^​(L2(D))−K^}. Then u∗u^*u∗ is a solution of (63) if and only if there is a nonnegative finite Borel measure μ∗\mu^*μ∗ on Dˉ×Ξ\bar D\times\XiDˉ×Ξ with, for y∗=S^(u∗)y^*=\hat{\mathcal S}(u^*)y∗=S^(u∗),

⟨DF(u∗),h⟩+∫Dˉ×Ξ[A−1h](x) dμ∗(x,z)=0∀h∈L2(D),\langle DF(u^*),h\rangle+\int_{\bar D\times\Xi}[A^{-1}h](x)\,d\mu^*(x,z)=0\quad\forall h\in L^2(D),⟨DF(u∗),h⟩+∫Dˉ×Ξ​[A−1h](x)dμ∗(x,z)=0∀h∈L2(D), y∗≤α on Dˉ×Ξ,∫Dˉ×Ξ(y∗−α) dμ∗=0.y^*\le\alpha\ \text{on }\bar D\times\Xi,\qquad\int_{\bar D\times\Xi}(y^*-\alpha)\,d\mu^*=0.y∗≤α on Dˉ×Ξ,∫Dˉ×Ξ​(y∗−α)dμ∗=0.

The page derives (66) from the abstract system (65) of Lemma 3.14 (necessity). Sufficiency is the converse direction of Lemma 3.14, since a nonnegative measure defines a multiplier in K^−\hat{\mathcal K}^-K^− by integration. Both directions are part of the goal.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.13: unique solvability of (63b)–(63c) in C(Dˉ×Ξ)C(\bar D\times\Xi)C(Dˉ×Ξ) with the bound (64).
  2. Lemma 3.14: the abstract KKT system (65) with λ∗∈C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗\lambda^*\in C(\bar D\times\Xi)^*λ∗∈C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗.
  3. The identification C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗≅M(Dˉ×Ξ)C(\bar D\times\Xi)^*\cong\mathcal M(\bar D\times\Xi)C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗≅M(Dˉ×Ξ) (p. 23): every λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ is integration against a signed measure.
  4. Nonnegativity (p. 24): λ∗∈K^−\lambda^*\in\hat{\mathcal K}^-λ∗∈K^− gives a nonnegative μ∗\mu^*μ∗.
  5. Lemma 3.15: (66) is equivalent to the scalar-multiplier form (67): λ∗≥0\lambda^*\ge0λ∗≥0 and a probability measure μ~\tilde\muμ~​ on M(u∗)M(u^*)M(u∗) with ⟨DF(u∗),h⟩+λ∗∫[A−1h](x) dμ~=0\langle DF(u^*),h\rangle+\lambda^*\int[A^{-1}h](x)\,d\tilde\mu=0⟨DF(u∗),h⟩+λ∗∫[A−1h](x)dμ~​=0, max⁡y∗≤α\max y^*\le\alphamaxy∗≤α, λ∗(max⁡y∗−α)=0\lambda^*(\max y^*-\alpha)=0λ∗(maxy∗−α)=0.
  6. Lemma 3.16: the convex-hull condition (68) is equivalent to the existence of such a μ~\tilde\muμ~​.
  7. Lemma 3.4: for lower semicontinuous hhh, h(ξ)≤0h(\xi)\le0h(ξ)≤0 almost surely if and only if h≤0h\le0h≤0 on the support of the law of ξ\xiξ.

Significance

The goal gives the robust problem a KKT system whose multiplier is a nonnegative measure on Dˉ×Ξ\bar D\times\XiDˉ×Ξ that is carried by the points where the constraint is active. Lemmas 3.15 and 3.16 turn this into a scalar multiplier times a probability measure on the active set, and into a convex-hull condition. These are the forms used by semi-infinite programming algorithms and by discretizations that approximate the measure by finitely many atoms. Together with Lemma 3.4, they say when the KKT system of the almost-sure model (§3.1, with its singular multipliers) can be replaced by the measure-valued system of the robust model.

All statements of the mission are proved in the paper, some by reference: Lemma 3.14's proof refers to the argument of Lemma 3.7, and Lemma 3.16 relies on Phelps's barycenter theorem. None of them is formalized. A formal development would also check two points that the page leaves implicit. Lemma 3.15's proof divides by the total mass of μ∗\mu^*μ∗ and does not treat μ∗=0\mu^*=0μ∗=0. Condition (68) is printed per direction hhh, while (67a) needs one measure for all hhh.

Difficulty

The necessity direction of the goal needs a Lagrange multiplier theorem in a Banach space whose constraint cone K^\hat{\mathcal K}K^ has nonempty interior. The multiplier is a priori only an element of C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗C(\bar D\times\Xi)^*C(Dˉ×Ξ)∗, and the Riesz–Markov–Kakutani theorem on the compact space Dˉ×Ξ\bar D\times\XiDˉ×Ξ turns it into a measure. The state S^(u)\hat{\mathcal S}(u)S^(u) must also be shown to lie in C(Dˉ×Ξ)C(\bar D\times\Xi)C(Dˉ×Ξ). Continuity of each slice in xxx is the regularity of Lemma 1.2 (continuity of H01H^1_0H01​ solutions up to the boundary for class-S domains, from Kinderlehrer–Stampacchia), and joint continuity needs the bound (64), uniform in zzz. Working pointwise in zzz does not give these: a family of continuous slices need not be jointly continuous without an estimate that is uniform in the parameter.

Formalization scope

Dˉ\bar DDˉ and Ξ\XiΞ are subtypes of Euclidean spaces with CompactSpace instances, so C(Dˉ×Ξ)C(\bar D\times\Xi)C(Dˉ×Ξ) carries its sup norm. Measures on Dˉ×Ξ\bar D\times\XiDˉ×Ξ are Borel measures; on this compact metric space every finite Borel measure is regular, so "regular Borel (Radon) measure" is IsFiniteMeasure, and nonnegativity (66c) is built into Lean's Measure type. The solution operator is a hypothesis: a bounded linear map L2(D)→C(Dˉ)L^2(D)\to C(\bar D)L2(D)→C(Dˉ) such that A−1FA^{-1}FA−1F is, for every FFF, the weak solution in H01(D)∩C(Dˉ)H^1_0(D)\cap C(\bar D)H01​(D)∩C(Dˉ), encoded with the published weak-derivative definitions HunterPDE.Shared.WeakDeriv. The page's "≤0\le0≤0 in D×ΞD\times\XiD×Ξ" is encoded on Dˉ×Ξ\bar D\times\XiDˉ×Ξ, the same condition for continuous functions. "Solution" means global minimizer over the feasible set. L2(D)∗L^2(D)^*L2(D)∗ is identified with L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D) through the Riesz map. In Lemma 3.16 the clco of (68) is the norm closure of the convex hull, which equals the weak closure.

Added hypotheses: DDD and Ξ\XiΞ nonempty in Lemmas 3.15 and 3.16 (no probability measure exists on an empty set). Pinned reading: (68) is posed as one inclusion 0∈DF(u∗)+λ∗ co⁡‾{ux:(x,z)∈M(u∗)}0\in DF(u^*)+\lambda^*\,\overline{\operatorname{co}}\{u_x:(x,z)\in M(u^*)\}0∈DF(u∗)+λ∗co{ux​:(x,z)∈M(u∗)} in L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D), where uxu_xux​ represents h↦[A−1h](x)h\mapsto[A^{-1}h](x)h↦[A−1h](x). The page derives (68) from exactly this inclusion. The closed hull is kept because the page's remark that "co" suffices is not proved in infinite dimension.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The state operator is tied to the PDE and is never an arbitrary map into C(Dˉ×Ξ)C(\bar D\times\Xi)C(Dˉ×Ξ). The multiplier carries its sign (a nonnegative measure, or λ∗∈K^−\lambda^*\in\hat{\mathcal K}^-λ∗∈K^−) together with complementarity. Optimality is global minimality, not a stationarity condition. All integrands are continuous functions on a compact space against finite measures, so no integral takes a junk value.

A complete development needs elliptic regularity in C(Dˉ)C(\bar D)C(Dˉ) for class-S domains, a Banach-space Lagrange multiplier theorem under a Robinson-type constraint qualification, the Riesz–Markov–Kakutani theorem for C(K)∗C(K)^*C(K)∗ with signed measures (the platform's FamousTheorems.riesz_markov_kakutani covers positive functionals on CcC_cCc​), and barycenters of probability measures on compact convex sets. The last three are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of proofs for any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Geiersbach, R. Henrion, Optimality conditions in control problems with random state constraints in probabilistic or almost-sure form, arXiv:2306.03965v2, 2024; Math. Oper. Res., 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.03965
  • F. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • D. Kinderlehrer, G. Stampacchia, An Introduction to Variational Inequalities and Their Applications, Academic Press, 1980 (SIAM reprint 2000). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719451
  • R. R. Phelps, Lectures on Choquet's Theorem, 2nd ed., Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1757, Springer, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/b76887
  • H. W. Alt, Lineare Funktionalanalysis, Springer, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-08386-4
14 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Auditing with a Chance of Whistleblowing: Increasing Whistleblowing Intensity Lowers Equilibrium Audit Quality If and Only If the Enforcer's Incentive Exceeds r* and the Auditor's Is Below d*Research Paper

Motivation

Many accounting frauds have come to light through whistleblowers rather than through audits, and regulators now run programs to encourage tips: since the Dodd–Frank Act of 2010 the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pays awards for original information that leads to a successful enforcement action. Empirically, whistleblower involvement is associated with better enforcement outcomes (Call, Martin, Sharp & Wilde, 2018), and employees are a leading source of fraud detection (Dyck, Morse & Zingales, 2010). A natural conjecture is that more whistleblowing raises the chance that an audit failure is caught, and so pushes auditors to work harder.

Nan, Tang & Ye (Management Science, 2025) show in a small game that this conjecture can fail. Their main result, Proposition 2, characterizes exactly when increasing whistleblowing intensity lowers equilibrium audit quality. This mission formalizes that result together with the equilibrium it is about.

Setting

A firm is good (GGG) with probability p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1) and bad (BBB) otherwise.

  1. Auditor. She chooses an audit quality a∈(0,1)a\in(0,1)a∈(0,1) at cost 12ka2\tfrac12ka^221​ka2. She always issues a clean opinion ggg on a good firm and detects a bad firm with probability aaa.
  2. Whistleblower. After a clean opinion he receives a signal with Pr⁡(sl∣B)=Pr⁡(sh∣G)=β∈(12,1)\Pr(s_l\mid B)=\Pr(s_h\mid G)=\beta\in(\tfrac12,1)Pr(sl​∣B)=Pr(sh​∣G)=β∈(21​,1). On the signal sls_lsl​ he blows the whistle (event W1W_1W1​) with probability τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1), the whistleblowing intensity; otherwise the enforcer sees silence (W0W_0W0​).
  3. Enforcer. Having seen W∈{W1,W0}W\in\{W_1,W_0\}W∈{W1​,W0​}, he chooses an investigative effort eW∈[0,1]e_W\in[0,1]eW​∈[0,1] at cost 12γeW2\tfrac12\gamma e_W^221​γeW2​ and catches a bad firm with probability eWe_WeW​. He maximizes
Pr⁡(B∣g,W) e R−12γe2,(3)\Pr(B\mid g,W)\,e\,R-\tfrac12\gamma e^2,\tag{3}Pr(B∣g,W)eR−21​γe2,(3)

where the posterior is computed by Bayes' rule from the probabilities above. 4. Auditor's program. She pays damages DDD when an audit failure is caught, and minimizes

(1−p)(1−a)Pr⁡(rb∣B,g) D+12ka2,Pr⁡(rb∣B,g)=βτe1+(1−βτ)e0.(4, 6)(1-p)(1-a)\Pr(r_b\mid B,g)\,D+\tfrac12ka^2,\qquad \Pr(r_b\mid B,g)=\beta\tau e_1+(1-\beta\tau)e_0.\tag{4, 6}(1−p)(1−a)Pr(rb​∣B,g)D+21​ka2,Pr(rb​∣B,g)=βτe1​+(1−βτ)e0​.(4, 6)

An equilibrium at intensity τ\tauτ is a triple (a∗,e1∗,e0∗)(a^*,e_1^*,e_0^*)(a∗,e1∗​,e0∗​) of mutual best responses in which the enforcer's posteriors are computed at the actual a∗a^*a∗. The paper assumes R/γ<1/(1−p)R/\gamma<1/(1-p)R/γ<1/(1−p) and D/k<1/(1−p)D/k<1/(1-p)D/k<1/(1−p). Write r=R/γr=R/\gammar=R/γ for the enforcer's incentive and d=D/kd=D/kd=D/k for the auditor's incentive.

In Lean, a Model carries p,β,R,γ,D,kp,\beta,R,\gamma,D,kp,β,R,γ,D,k with these restrictions. The posteriors are postW1, postW0; the best-response predicates are IsEnforcerBR and IsAuditorBR; the equilibrium is IsEquilibrium M τ a e1 e0. An equilibrium path A (IsEquilibriumPath M A) assigns to every τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) an equilibrium audit quality A(τ)A(\tau)A(τ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Fix p,β,rp,\beta,rp,β,r and τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1), and let

r∗=β [τ(β−2βp+p)−1]2(p−1)(βτ−1) [β−β2τ+(2β−1)p(βτ+1)].r^*=\frac{\beta\,[\tau(\beta-2\beta p+p)-1]^2}{(p-1)(\beta\tau-1)\,[\beta-\beta^2\tau+(2\beta-1)p(\beta\tau+1)]}.r∗=(p−1)(βτ−1)[β−β2τ+(2β−1)p(βτ+1)]β[τ(β−2βp+p)−1]2​.

There is a threshold d∗d^*d∗, depending only on (p,β,r,τ)(p,\beta,r,\tau)(p,β,r,τ) and positive when r>r∗r>r^*r>r∗, such that for every model with these p,βp,\betap,β and R/γ=rR/\gamma=rR/γ=r, and every equilibrium path AAA,

A is differentiable at τ with A′(τ)<0  ⟺  Rγ>r∗ and Dk<d∗.A\ \text{is differentiable at}\ \tau\ \text{with}\ A'(\tau)<0\iff \frac R\gamma>r^*\ \text{and}\ \frac Dk<d^*.A is differentiable at τ with A′(τ)<0⟺γR​>r∗ and kD​<d∗.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's equilibrium analysis and its proof of Proposition 2:

  • the enforcer's best responses e1,e0e_1,e_0e1​,e0​, with e1>e0e_1>e_0e1​>e0​ and e0<1e_0<1e0​<1 (p. 12);
  • the auditor's best response a=(D/k)(1−p)Pr⁡(rb∣B,g)a=(D/k)(1-p)\Pr(r_b\mid B,g)a=(D/k)(1−p)Pr(rb​∣B,g) (pp. 12–13);
  • Proposition 1: existence, uniqueness and the characterization (7)–(9) (p. 13);
  • the silence effect: e0∗e_0^*e0∗​ decreases in τ\tauτ (p. 32);
  • the gap function VVV (28) is strictly increasing and its root is the equilibrium (pp. 32–33);
  • on the branch e1∗=1e_1^*=1e1∗​=1: lim⁡a→0∂V/∂τ>0  ⟺  r>r∗\lim_{a\to0}\partial V/\partial\tau>0\iff r>r^*lima→0​∂V/∂τ>0⟺r>r∗; ∂V/∂τ\partial V/\partial\tau∂V/∂τ decreases in aaa, giving a threshold a1a_1a1​ that does not depend on ddd; and a∗a^*a∗ increases in ddd, giving d∗d^*d∗ (p. 33);
  • the region e1∗=1e_1^*=1e1∗​=1 is r>r2r>r_2r>r2​, a∗<a2a^*<a_2a∗<a2​, with r2<r∗r_2<r^*r2​<r∗ and a1<a2a_1<a_2a1​<a2​ (p. 33);
  • the closed form of ∂V/∂τ<0\partial V/\partial\tau<0∂V/∂τ<0 when e1∗<1e_1^*<1e1∗​<1 (p. 34).

Significance

Proposition 2 separates two effects of intensity. The direct effect is that a tip triggers high investigative effort more often, which raises detection and audit quality. The indirect effect, the silence effect, is that with more intense whistleblowing silence becomes reassuring, so the enforcer investigates less without a tip. The result says the indirect effect dominates exactly when the enforcer's incentive is above an explicit threshold and the auditor's incentive is below a threshold. The paper builds its welfare analysis on it: the planner's optimal intensity (Lemma 2, Proposition 3) and the reward-design extension of §4.

The theorem is proved in the paper (Appendix, pp. 31–34), and Proposition 1 is stated without a printed proof. As far as is known, none of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof would check the computer-algebra steps the paper summarizes as "it is simple to verify" or "after some algebra manipulation". It would also make precise two points the printed proof leaves loose. First, the derivative of a∗a^*a∗ in τ\tauτ fails to exist where the equilibrium crosses the kink of e1=min⁡{1,⋅}e_1=\min\{1,\cdot\}e1​=min{1,⋅}. Second, the printed comparison "r2>r∗r_2>r^*r2​>r∗" is reversed: r2<r∗r_2<r^*r2​<r∗ is what holds and what the argument needs.

Difficulty

The equilibrium audit quality has no closed form; it is the root of the gap function VVV, which involves a min⁡\minmin and rational functions of (a,τ)(a,\tau)(a,τ). The obvious attempt, differentiating the closed-form equations (7)–(9) in τ\tauτ, gives an expression whose sign is not visible. Its sign depends on rrr, ddd and on which branch of the min⁡\minmin the equilibrium lies.

The paper splits by branch. On e1∗=1e_1^*=1e1∗​=1, the sign of ∂V/∂τ\partial V/\partial\tau∂V/∂τ is controlled by a single-crossing property in aaa and by the limit at a=0a=0a=0, which yields r∗r^*r∗. Turning this into a threshold on ddd requires the comparative static of a∗a^*a∗ in ddd. Each of these steps is a polynomial inequality in four or five variables over a box. They are routine to check numerically, but proving them requires explicit sign certificates.

Formalization scope

  • Model. All parameters are real. The restrictions 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, 12<β<1\tfrac12<\beta<121​<β<1, R,γ,D,k>0R,\gamma,D,k>0R,γ,D,k>0, R/γ<1/(1−p)R/\gamma<1/(1-p)R/γ<1/(1−p), D/k<1/(1−p)D/k<1/(1-p)D/k<1/(1−p) are fields of Model. The intensity τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) is a hypothesis of each statement, not a field.
  • Efforts. The enforcer's effort lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1], which is where the min⁡{1,⋅}\min\{1,\cdot\}min{1,⋅} comes from. The auditor's effort lies in the open interval (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), as on p. 6.
  • Posteriors. They are defined from the joint probabilities by Bayes' rule, not as the simplified fractions. The best-response formulas are therefore theorems.
  • Omitted. The firm's cash flow XXX, the investment III, the fee FFF, the investors and Lemma 1, and the restrictions R<IR<IR<I, D≤I−RD\le I-RD≤I−R of p. 9 are omitted, because none of them enters (3)–(9). The social planner (§3.4), the reward micro-foundation (§4.1) and the Online Appendix extensions are out of scope.
  • "Impairs". It means that the equilibrium path has a derivative at τ\tauτ and that the derivative is negative. Mathlib's deriv is not used for this, because it returns 000 at a kink. By Proposition 1 the path is unique on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).
  • Quantifier order. r∗r^*r∗ is the explicit formula. The threshold d∗d^*d∗ is existential but is chosen before the model, so it may depend on (p,β,r,τ)(p,\beta,r,\tau)(p,β,r,τ) and not on DDD or kkk. Choosing d∗d^*d∗ after the model would make the equivalence a tautology (d∗=D/k±1d^*=D/k\pm1d∗=D/k±1 according to the sign). The threshold a1a_1a1​ is likewise chosen before the model, which encodes "a1a_1a1​ does not depend on ddd".
  • Derivatives in the proof. Derivative claims of the proof that fail at the kink (de0∗/dτ<0de_0^*/d\tau<0de0∗​/dτ<0, ∂V/∂a∗>0\partial V/\partial a^*>0∂V/∂a∗>0) are stated as strict monotonicity. The two printed slips, "≥1  ⟺  \ge1\iff≥1⟺" and "r2>r∗r_2>r^*r2​>r∗", are stated in corrected form, and the milestone quotes keep the printed text.

Contributions that are welcome include sign certificates for the polynomial inequalities of p. 33, an implicit-function argument for the derivative of the equilibrium path off the kink and a proof of Proposition 1, for which the paper prints none.

Selected references

  • L. Nan, C. Tang, M. Ye, Auditing with a Chance of Whistleblowing, Management Science, 2025 (author manuscript dated December 30, 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2024.04808
  • A. C. Call, G. S. Martin, N. Y. Sharp, J. H. Wilde, Whistleblowers and Outcomes of Financial Misrepresentation Enforcement Actions, Journal of Accounting Research 56(1), 123–171, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-679X.12192
  • A. Dyck, A. Morse, L. Zingales, Who Blows the Whistle on Corporate Fraud?, Journal of Finance 65(6), 2213–2253, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6261.2010.01614.x
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustifying Conditional Portfolio Decisions via Optimal Transport 3: For a Fiber of Radius γ > 0 and a Budget ρ > ρ_max, the Worst-Case Conditional Expected Loss Collapses to sup_y ℓ(y)Research Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who observes a covariate today, say a vector of macroeconomic indicators x0x_0x0​, wants an allocation that performs well on the returns YYY that follow such a covariate. With finitely many historical pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​) the conditional law of YYY given X=x0X=x_0X=x0​ is poorly estimated: usually no sample has covariate exactly x0x_0x0​, and few have covariates near it. Distributionally robust optimization hedges against this estimation error by optimizing against the worst distribution in a ball around the empirical one. Nguyen, Zhang, Wang, Blanchet, Delage and Ye (arXiv:2103.16451, Operations Research, 2025) study this problem with an optimal transport ball and a conditional objective. Before giving tractable reformulations they identify the regimes in which the robust problem is degenerate. This mission covers one of those regimes, a transport budget large enough to empty a fiber of positive radius.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY be Polish spaces (covariates and returns) and let (x^i,y^i)∈X×Y(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)\in\mathcal X\times\mathcal Y(x^i​,y^​i​)∈X×Y, i∈[N]i\in[N]i∈[N], be the data, with empirical distribution P^=N−1∑iδ(x^i,y^i)\hat{\mathbb P}=N^{-1}\sum_i\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^=N−1∑i​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​. Ground costs DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​ combine into the separable cost D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX(x,x′)+DY(y,y′)\mathbb D((x,y),(x',y'))=\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x')+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,y')D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX​(x,x′)+DY​(y,y′). The optimal transport cost W(Q,P^)\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})W(Q,P^) is the least expected cost Eπ[D]\mathbb E_\pi[\mathbb D]Eπ​[D] over couplings π\piπ of Q\mathbb QQ and P^\hat{\mathbb P}P^, and the ambiguity set is the ball

Bρ={Q∈M(X×Y):W(Q,P^)≤ρ}.\mathbb B_\rho=\{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal M(\mathcal X\times\mathcal Y):\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})\le\rho\}.Bρ​={Q∈M(X×Y):W(Q,P^)≤ρ}.

The conditioning event is the fiber Nγ(x0)×Y\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\times\mathcal YNγ​(x0​)×Y, with Nγ(x0)={x:DX(x,x0)≤γ}\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)=\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le\gamma\}Nγ​(x0​)={x:DX​(x,x0​)≤γ} and fiber radius γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. For a loss ℓ(y)\ell(y)ℓ(y) (the loss of a fixed portfolio at return yyy) the worst-case conditional expected loss is

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X∈Nγ(x0))>0 EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ(x0)],\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))>0}\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}\big[\ell(Y)\mid X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\big],Q∈Bρ​, Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))>0sup​ EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ​(x0​)],

problem (12) of the paper, where the strict inequality avoids conditioning on null sets. The threshold

ρmax⁡(x0,γ)=inf⁡{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ(x0))=0}\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)=\inf\{\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P}):\mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))=0\}ρmax​(x0​,γ)=inf{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))=0}

is the least budget that empties the fiber. With I1={i:x^i∈Nγ(x0)}\mathcal I_1=\{i:\hat x_i\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\}I1​={i:x^i​∈Nγ​(x0​)} and did_idi​ the cost from x^i\hat x_ix^i​ to the boundary ∂Nγ(x0)\partial\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)∂Nγ​(x0​), the paper computes it in closed form. Throughout, the paper's Assumption 2.4 holds: the costs are symmetric, nonnegative and continuous, and D\mathbb DD vanishes exactly on the diagonal; projections onto Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) are unique; and every boundary point of Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) has points outside it at arbitrarily small cost.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and ρ>ρmax⁡(x0,γ)\rho>\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)ρ>ρmax​(x0​,γ), and every loss ℓ\ellℓ,

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X∈Nγ(x0))>0EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ(x0)]=sup⁡y∈Yℓ(y).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))>0}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}\big[\ell(Y)\mid X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\big]=\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\ell(y).Q∈Bρ​, Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))>0sup​EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ​(x0​)]=y∈Ysup​ℓ(y).

Milestones

  1. The decomposition (24): Q∈Bρ\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ∈Bρ​ iff Q=N−1∑iπi\mathbb Q=N^{-1}\sum_i\pi_iQ=N−1∑i​πi​ with N−1∑iEπi[DX(X,x^i)+DY(Y,y^i)]≤ρN^{-1}\sum_i\mathbb E_{\pi_i}[\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(X,\hat x_i)+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(Y,\hat y_i)]\le\rhoN−1∑i​Eπi​​[DX​(X,x^i​)+DY​(Y,y^​i​)]≤ρ.
  2. Proposition 4.1: ρmax⁡(x0,γ)=N−1∑i∈I1di\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)=N^{-1}\sum_{i\in\mathcal I_1}d_iρmax​(x0​,γ)=N−1∑i∈I1​​di​.
  3. A conditional expectation of ℓ(Y)\ell(Y)ℓ(Y) never exceeds sup⁡yℓ(y)\sup_y\ell(y)supy​ℓ(y).
  4. For every y0y_0y0​, some Q′∈Bρ\mathbb Q'\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ′∈Bρ​ with positive fiber mass has conditional expected loss ℓ(y0)\ell(y_0)ℓ(y0​).

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is a negative result with a practical consequence: when the budget ρ\rhoρ exceeds ρmax⁡\rho_{\max}ρmax​, the robust conditional loss equals the worst loss over the whole return space and ignores the data. The modeler must therefore keep ρ<ρmax⁡\rho<\rho_{\max}ρ<ρmax​, and Proposition 4.1 makes that threshold computable from the samples. In that regime the paper replaces the strict constraint by a positive mass requirement (Proposition 4.3) and derives a finite-dimensional dual (Theorem 4.4); those results are separate missions of this series.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The mission formalizes them in Lean 4 on top of Mathlib, using a published optimal transport cost and a published extended-real integral. The decomposition (24) is reusable for every argument about empirical optimal transport balls with finitely many atoms. The formal statement of Proposition 4.1 makes explicit a regularity condition on the boundary that the paper's proof uses but does not state.

Difficulty

The upper bound is elementary. The lower bound needs, for each y0y_0y0​, a feasible distribution whose conditional law on the fiber is concentrated at y0y_0y0​. The construction printed on p. 46 keeps a positive mass of a sample inside the fiber, so its conditional expectation mixes ℓ(y0)\ell(y_0)ℓ(y0​) with a sample loss; that construction has to be corrected. Proposition 4.1 needs a matching lower bound on the cost of every fiber-emptying coupling, and an exit cost from the fiber that equals the boundary distance did_idi​. For a general continuous DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ this fails. The decomposition (24) needs an optimal coupling to exist, which on Polish spaces with a lower semicontinuous cost is Villani's existence theorem. Mathlib does not have that theorem.

Formalization scope

  • X,Y\mathcal X,\mathcal YX,Y are Polish Borel spaces; [N][N][N] is Fin N with N>0N>0N>0; repeated samples are allowed.
  • W\mathbb WW is RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost, an infimum over couplings with a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued cost; the paper's "min" is not built into the definition.
  • Expectations are ∫ℓ+−∫ℓ−\int\ell^+-\int\ell^-∫ℓ+−∫ℓ− in EReal (ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral), never a Bochner integral, which would assign 000 to a non-integrable loss. Both sides of the goal are extended reals; sup⁡yℓ(y)\sup_y\ell(y)supy​ℓ(y) may be +∞+\infty+∞.
  • The loss at a fixed portfolio (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β) is an arbitrary function L:Y→RL:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb RL:Y→R, with no measurability or boundedness assumed.
  • The conditional expectation is Q(S)−1⋅EQ[ℓ 1S]\mathbb Q(S)^{-1}\cdot\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell\,\mathbb 1_S]Q(S)−1⋅EQ​[ℓ1S​] and is evaluated only at measures with Q(S)>0\mathbb Q(S)>0Q(S)>0. The supremum ranges exactly over probability measures in the ball with positive fiber mass.
  • The radius enters as ENNReal.ofReal ρ; the hypothesis ρmax⁡<ρ\rho_{\max}<\rhoρmax​<ρ forces ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, and (24) carries 0≤ρ0\le\rho0≤ρ.
  • κi\kappa_iκi​ and did_idi​ are real infima; ∂\partial∂ is the topological frontier in X\mathcal XX.
  • Assumption 2.4 is a structure hypothesis on every theorem. Proposition 4.1 additionally carries BoundaryRegular, which is not in the paper: the boundary is nonempty, the exit cost of a sample inside the fiber equals did_idi​, and di=κid_i=\kappa_idi​=κi​ for samples outside. It mentions only DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and the samples and holds when DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ is a norm distance. The goal does not carry it.
  • The goal's hypothesis is ρ>ρmax⁡\rho>\rho_{\max}ρ>ρmax​ with ρmax⁡\rho_{\max}ρmax​ as defined (an infimum over measures), not its closed form, so Proposition 4.1 is not built into the goal.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: no conditional expectation is evaluated at fiber mass zero, the expectation is not a Bochner integral, ρ<0\rho<0ρ<0 cannot enter through ofReal, and the supremum is over the ball with positive fiber mass, not over all measures.

Needed infrastructure: finitely supported measures and their couplings, convexity of W(⋅,P^)\mathbb W(\cdot,\hat{\mathbb P})W(⋅,P^), and for (24) the existence of optimal couplings on Polish spaces. These are reusable well beyond this paper, and contributions toward them are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, F. Zhang, S. Wang, J. Blanchet, E. Delage, Y. Ye, Robustifying conditional portfolio decisions via optimal transport, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2103.16451v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.16451
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009 (Theorem 4.1, existence of optimal couplings). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing II: With Store-Wise Homogeneous Discounts, Some Optimal Sequential Assortments Are Nested and Revenue-OrderedResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that operates several physical stores can show a customer who finds nothing she likes in her store the products that other stores carry, for example on an in-store screen or a magic mirror, and ship the chosen product from the other store. The customer then buys at a utility discount: shipping takes time and the product cannot be tried on. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (2025) compare two ways of making such recommendations. Under simultaneous recommendation (SMR) all products of all stores are shown at once; under sequential recommendation (SQR) the customer first sees the products of her own store and is shown the other stores' products only if she buys nothing. The SQR choice model is the impatient-customer multinomial logit (MNL) model of Gao et al. (2021) applied store by store.

Under SMR the seller can do no better than letting every store offer the single-store optimal assortment (Theorem 1 of the paper, the subject of mission I of this series). Under SQR the seller can do better: the assortment of one store becomes a second-chance offer to the customers of every other store. The SQR problem with general discounts is NP-hard (Proposition 3 of the paper). This mission formalizes the structural result that makes the problem tractable when the discounts depend only on the store a customer visits.

Setting

A seller runs m≥2m\ge2m≥2 stores and sells nnn products. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of the customers visits store iii, with ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1. Product kkk has revenue rkr_krk​, with r1>r2>⋯>rn>0r_1>r_2>\dots>r_n>0r1​>r2​>⋯>rn​>0, and attraction value vk>0v_k>0vk​>0; not buying has attraction 111. A profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\mathbf S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) lists the assortment of each store, and Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​. A customer of store iii who buys product kkk from store jjj pays a utility discount cijk≥0c_{ij}^k\ge0cijk​≥0, with ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0, and cik(S)c_i^k(\mathbf S)cik​(S) is the smallest such discount over the stores that offer kkk. Under SQR the probability that a customer of store iii buys product kkk is

pikQ(S)=vk1+V(Si)  (k∈Si),pikQ(S)=vke−cik(S)(1+V(Si))(1+V(Si)+∑l∈Sˉ∖Sivle−cil(S))  (k∈Sˉ∖Si),p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\frac{v_k}{1+V(S_i)}\ \ (k\in S_i),\qquad p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\frac{v_k e^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}}{\big(1+V(S_i)\big)\big(1+V(S_i)+\sum_{l\in\bar S\setminus S_i}v_le^{-c_i^l(\mathbf S)}\big)}\ \ (k\in\bar S\setminus S_i),pikQ​(S)=1+V(Si​)vk​​  (k∈Si​),pikQ​(S)=(1+V(Si​))(1+V(Si​)+∑l∈Sˉ∖Si​​vl​e−cil​(S))vk​e−cik​(S)​  (k∈Sˉ∖Si​),

and 000 otherwise, where V(S)=∑k∈SvkV(S)=\sum_{k\in S}v_kV(S)=∑k∈S​vk​ and W(S)=∑k∈SrkvkW(S)=\sum_{k\in S}r_kv_kW(S)=∑k∈S​rk​vk​. The seller maximizes the expected revenue

R(S)=∑i=1mλi∑k=1nrk pikQ(S)(SQR).R(\mathbf S)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\sum_{k=1}^n r_k\,p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)\qquad\text{(SQR)}.R(S)=i=1∑m​λi​k=1∑n​rk​pikQ​(S)(SQR).

The discounts are universally homogeneous if cijk=c>0c_{ij}^k=c>0cijk​=c>0 for all i≠ji\ne ji=j, and store-wise homogeneous if cijk=ci>0c_{ij}^k=c_i>0cijk​=ci​>0 for all i≠ji\ne ji=j: the discount depends only on the store the customer visits. The single-store problem is R∗=max⁡SW(S)/(1+V(S))R^*=\max_S W(S)/(1+V(S))R∗=maxS​W(S)/(1+V(S)) (3). An assortment is revenue-ordered if it equals {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} for some k∈[n]k\in[n]k∈[n], and S~\tilde SS~ denotes the smallest revenue-ordered optimal solution of (3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 17)

If the discounts are store-wise homogeneous, λm=min⁡{λ1,…,λm}\lambda_m=\min\{\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_m\}λm​=min{λ1​,…,λm​} and c1≤c2≤⋯≤cmc_1\le c_2\le\dots\le c_mc1​≤c2​≤⋯≤cm​, then some optimal solution of (SQR) satisfies

S1∗⊆S2∗⊆⋯⊆Sm−1∗⊆S~⊆Sm∗,S_1^*\subseteq S_2^*\subseteq\dots\subseteq S_{m-1}^*\subseteq\tilde S\subseteq S_m^*,S1∗​⊆S2∗​⊆⋯⊆Sm−1∗​⊆S~⊆Sm∗​,

with every Si∗S_i^*Si∗​ revenue-ordered.

Milestones

  1. Existence of S~\tilde SS~ (p. 11): a smallest revenue-ordered optimal solution of (3) exists.
  2. Lemma B.3 (p. 36): a three-store, four-product comparison of three explicit profiles.
  3. Proposition B.1 (p. 35): if λm\lambda_mλm​ is minimal and cmc_mcm​ maximal, some optimal solution has Si∗⊆Sm∗S_i^*\subseteq S_m^*Si∗​⊆Sm∗​ for all iii.
  4. Lemma B.2 (p. 35): the one-store problem (8) with a fixed second-step set has an optimum that is revenue-ordered within that set.
  5. Claim in the proof of Lemma B.1 (p. 38): a unique optimum of (8) shrinks as the discount factor grows.
  6. Lemma B.1 (p. 35): under the hypotheses of Theorem 4, some optimal solution is nested, S1∗⊆⋯⊆Sm∗S_1^*\subseteq\dots\subseteq S_m^*S1∗​⊆⋯⊆Sm∗​.
  7. Lemma B.4 (p. 39): f(x)=∑i(ai+bix)/(di+x)f(x)=\sum_i(a_i+b_ix)/(d_i+x)f(x)=∑i​(ai​+bi​x)/(di​+x) is quasi-convex on x≥0x\ge0x≥0 when ai/bia_i/b_iai​/bi​ decreases and did_idi​ increases.
  8. (B.4) and (B.5) (pp. 40–41): for a nested profile whose last store misses product kkk, adding kkk or truncating the last store does not lose revenue.
  9. Proposition B.2 (p. 35): some optimal solution is nested and all revenue-ordered.
  10. Step 3, Cases 1 and 2 (p. 43): moving stores k+1,…,m−1k+1,\dots,m-1k+1,…,m−1 to S~\tilde SS~, or growing store mmm towards S~\tilde SS~, does not lose revenue.
  11. Theorem 3 (p. 16) and Theorem 2 (p. 15): the universally homogeneous mmm-store and two-store versions.

Significance

Theorem 4 reduces the SQR problem with store-wise homogeneous discounts from a search over 2mn2^{mn}2mn profiles to a search over nested chains of prefixes, of which there are polynomially many for fixed mmm. It also gives an operational rule: the store with the lowest demand and the largest discount for its customers carries the widest assortment, wider than the single-store optimum S~\tilde SS~, and every other store carries a prefix that fits inside S~\tilde SS~. Example 2 of the paper (p. 18) shows that when the two orderings point in opposite directions an optimal solution need not be revenue-ordered, so both hypotheses carry weight.

The result is proved in the paper's Online and Additional Supplements. None of it is machine-checked. A formal development would also settle two places where the printed proof is incomplete: the proof of Proposition B.2 ends with "If we continue the analysis, one can show…", and it applies Lemma B.4 with some coefficients ai=0a_i=0ai​=0 and a reordered index, outside the lemma's stated hypotheses.

Difficulty

The revenue of one store depends on the assortments of all others through Sˉ∖Si\bar S\setminus S_iSˉ∖Si​, and the objective is a sum of ratios of ratios. The classical argument for MNL assortment problems, that a product with revenue above the current optimum should be added, does not transfer: adding a product to store iii raises store iii's first-step revenue but also changes the second-step offer to every other store's customers, and removing it from store iii moves it into the second step. A local exchange that improves one store can hurt another, so revenue-ordering has to be established jointly with the nesting, and the order of the stores (by λi\lambda_iλi​ and by cic_ici​) determines which exchanges are safe.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n and the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1; stores are Fin (M + 2), so m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and stores m−1m-1m−1, mmm are the last two indices. Assortments are Finset (Fin n). The attraction values vkv_kvk​ are the primitive data. The factor e−cik(S)e^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}e−cik​(S) is the largest e−cijke^{-c_{ij}^k}e−cijk​ over the stores offering kkk, and 000 when none does. The choice probabilities (2) and the objective (SQR) are the model; the Gumbel derivation of (2) (Proposition 1, from Gao et al. 2021) is not formalized. Store-wise homogeneity is a predicate on a general discount array, not a separate model.

The standing assumptions of §3 are explicit hypotheses everywhere: λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, r1>⋯>rnr_1>\dots>r_nr1​>⋯>rn​, vk>0v_k>0vk​>0, ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0. Two hypotheses are pinned and disclosed: rk>0r_k>0rk​>0 (revenues are prices; Lemma B.3 is false with a negative revenue), and n≥1n\ge1n≥1 wherever revenue-ordered sets appear, since {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} with k∈[n]k\in[n]k∈[n] is nonempty. Lemma B.3 takes nonnegative revenues and attraction values, because the proof of Proposition B.1 applies it to proxy products that may be empty.

"Optimal" means a global maximizer of (SQR) over all profiles, ties allowed. S~\tilde SS~ enters as the hypothesis that a given set is the smallest revenue-ordered optimum of (3); the first milestone shows the hypothesis can be met, so the goal is not vacuous. A formalization in which S~\tilde SS~ is an arbitrary optimum, the discount factor ignores which store offers a product, or mmm is fixed to 222 would be a different theorem and is ruled out. The inequalities (B.4), (B.5) and those of Step 3 are stated for every profile of the stated shape rather than only for an optimal one, since for an optimal profile they would hold trivially.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations of MNL ratios, a reusable lemma that the single-store MNL problem has a revenue-ordered optimum, and quasi-convexity of sums of linear-fractional functions (Lemma B.4, a pure real-analysis statement of independent use). Contributions of any milestone, of alternative proofs of Theorem 4, and of proofs of the companion Theorems 2 and 3 are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761 (formalized from the authors' manuscript of 2024-09-17 with its Online and Additional Supplements).
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization and pricing under the multinomial logit model with impatient customers: Sequential recommendation and selection, Operations Research 69(5):1509–1532, 2021. https://pubsonline.informs.org/journal/opre
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1):15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing IV: Full Assortments at Constant Adjusted Markups Solve Joint Pricing Under Simultaneous RecommendationResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail chains increasingly let a customer who visits one store buy a product that only another store carries, delivered from that store or picked up later. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (MSOM 2025, DOI 10.1287/msom.2024.0761) study how a seller operating several stores should choose assortments when customers can substitute across stores at a utility cost, and compare two ways of presenting the other stores' products: simultaneous recommendation (SMR), where they are shown together with the visited store's assortment, and sequential recommendation (SQR), where they are shown only after the customer declines everything in the visited store.

For fixed prices, the paper shows that under SMR the best a chain can do is to offer the single-store optimal assortment everywhere (its Theorem 1). Section 8 asks whether this survives when the seller also sets prices, store by store. This mission formalizes the answer, Theorem 6: under SMR with joint pricing, offering every product in every store at the classical single-store constant adjusted markup prices is optimal. It also formalizes the paper's Proposition 9, which transfers this solution to SQR with a factor-½ revenue guarantee.

The single-store ingredient is older. For the multinomial logit (MNL) model with product-specific price sensitivities, the optimal prices share a common markup adjusted by the reciprocal sensitivity; this goes back to work on MNL multi-product pricing such as Li and Huh (2011) and is stated in this form by Wang (2012), whom the paper cites.

Setting

There are mmm stores i∈[m]i\in[m]i∈[m] and nnn products k∈N=[n]k\in\mathcal N=[n]k∈N=[n]. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of customers visits store iii, with ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1. The seller chooses an assortment profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\mathbf S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) with Si⊆NS_i\subseteq\mathcal NSi​⊆N, writes Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​, and chooses real prices P=(pik)\mathbf P=(p_{ik})P=(pik​), the price of product kkk in store iii; production costs are zero.

A customer visiting store iii who buys product kkk in store jjj at that store's price has utility αik−βikpjk−cijk\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{jk}-c^k_{ij}αik​−βik​pjk​−cijk​ plus an independent standard Gumbel term, where αik>0\alpha_{ik}>0αik​>0 is the intrinsic utility, βik>0\beta_{ik}>0βik​>0 the price sensitivity, and cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0 the utility discount for buying from another store, with ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0. Write vik=exp⁡(αik−βikpik)v_{ik}=\exp(\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{ik})vik​=exp(αik​−βik​pik​). For k∈Sˉ∖Sik\in\bar S\setminus S_ik∈Sˉ∖Si​, the customer buys from a store l=l(i,k)l=l(i,k)l=l(i,k) that offers kkk and maximizes αik−βikpjk−cijk\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{jk}-c^k_{ij}αik​−βik​pjk​−cijk​ over the stores jjj offering kkk; then v~ik(S)=exp⁡(αik−βikplk−cilk)\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\exp(\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{lk}-c^k_{il})v~ik​(S)=exp(αik​−βik​plk​−cilk​) and p~ik(S)=plk\tilde p_{ik}(\mathbf S)=p_{lk}p~​ik​(S)=plk​. The no-purchase option has weight 111.

The SMR joint problem (13) maximizes

RM(S,P)=∑i=1mλi⋅∑k∈Sipikvik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Sip~ik(S)v~ik(S)1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Siv~ik(S),R^M(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\cdot\frac{\sum_{k\in S_i}p_{ik}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde p_{ik}(\mathbf S)\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)}{1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)},RM(S,P)=i=1∑m​λi​⋅1+∑k∈Si​​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​v~ik​(S)∑k∈Si​​pik​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​p~​ik​(S)v~ik​(S)​,

and the SQR joint problem (15) maximizes

RQ(S,P)=∑i=1mλi(∑k∈Sipikvik1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Sip~ikv~ik(1+∑k∈Sivik)(1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Siv~ik)).R^Q(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\left(\frac{\sum_{k\in S_i}p_{ik}v_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}}+\frac{\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde p_{ik}\tilde v_{ik}}{(1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik})(1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde v_{ik})}\right).RQ(S,P)=i=1∑m​λi​(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​∑k∈Si​​pik​vik​​+(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​)(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​v~ik​)∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​p~​ik​v~ik​​).

The single-store problem (14) maximizes ∑k∈Spkeαk−βkpk/(1+∑k∈Seαk−βkpk)\sum_{k\in S}p_k e^{\alpha_k-\beta_kp_k}/(1+\sum_{k\in S}e^{\alpha_k-\beta_kp_k})∑k∈S​pk​eαk​−βk​pk​/(1+∑k∈S​eαk​−βk​pk​) over S⊆NS\subseteq\mathcal NS⊆N and real (pk)(p_k)(pk​). Finally θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ is the unique solution of

θi=∑k∈Neα^ik−βikθi,α^ik=αik−log⁡βik−1.\theta_i=\sum_{k\in\mathcal N}e^{\hat\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}\theta_i},\qquad\hat\alpha_{ik}=\alpha_{ik}-\log\beta_{ik}-1.θi​=k∈N∑​eα^ik​−βik​θi​,α^ik​=αik​−logβik​−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

RM(S,P) ≤ RM((N,…,N), (θi∗+1/βik)i,k)for all S, P∈Rm×n and every best-store rule l.R^M(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)\ \le\ R^M\bigl((\mathcal N,\dots,\mathcal N),\ (\theta^*_i+1/\beta_{ik})_{i,k}\bigr)\quad\text{for all }\mathbf S,\ \mathbf P\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}\text{ and every best-store rule }l.RM(S,P) ≤ RM((N,…,N), (θi∗​+1/βik​)i,k​)for all S, P∈Rm×n and every best-store rule l.

No uniqueness is claimed.

Milestones

  1. The markup equation has a unique solution θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ (p. 28).
  2. The single-store problem (14) has optimal value θ∗\theta^*θ∗, attained by the full set at prices θ∗+1/βk\theta^*+1/\beta_kθ∗+1/βk​ (p. 28, citing Wang 2012).
  3. In the proof of Theorem 6 (Online Supplement, p. 47): store iii's revenue in (13) is at most the objective of (14) at S=SˉS=\bar SS=Sˉ, pk=pikp_k=p_{ik}pk​=pik​ on SiS_iSi​ and pk=(αik−log⁡v~ik)/βikp_k=(\alpha_{ik}-\log\tilde v_{ik})/\beta_{ik}pk​=(αik​−logv~ik​)/βik​ off SiS_iSi​, and these prices dominate p~ik\tilde p_{ik}p~​ik​.
  4. Hence store iii's revenue in (13) is at most θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​.
  5. Proposition 9 (p. 29): RQ(S,P)≤2RQ(S∗,P∗)R^Q(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)\le 2R^Q(\mathbf S^*,\mathbf P^*)RQ(S,P)≤2RQ(S∗,P∗) for the solution of Theorem 6.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that, under simultaneous recommendation, cross-store substitution creates no value that a coordinated price-and-assortment policy can extract: the multistore problem decouples into independent single-store pricing problems, each solved by offering everything at a constant adjusted markup. Together with Theorem 1 it places SMR as a clean benchmark against which SQR is compared, and Proposition 9 turns the benchmark into a guaranteed policy for SQR, where the joint problem has no known closed-form solution.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The mission's main new formal content is the single-store MNL pricing theorem with heterogeneous price sensitivities (milestone 2), which is cited, not proved, in the paper and is not on the platform; it is reusable for any MNL pricing model. Formalizing the store-wise reduction also makes explicit what the printed argument leaves implicit: the bound holds for every tie-breaking in the best-store rule, and for arbitrary real prices.

Difficulty

The multistore objective (13) is not a sum of independent store problems: store jjj's prices enter store iii's revenue through p~ik\tilde p_{ik}p~​ik​ and v~ik\tilde v_{ik}v~ik​, and the selection lll is itself an arg⁡max⁡\arg\maxargmax that changes with the prices, so the objective is discontinuous in P\mathbf PP. Direct first-order analysis of (13) is therefore not available. The single-store problem (14) is not concave in the prices either, so its optimum cannot be read off from a stationarity condition alone: one needs a global bound valid for every real price vector and every assortment, including negative prices and empty assortments.

Formalization scope

Stores are Fin m, products Fin n (the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1), assortments Finset (Fin n), prices real-valued functions. Sˉ\bar SSˉ is the finite union of the SiS_iSi​. The best-store rule lll is a function Fin m → Fin n → Fin m constrained by a predicate (it must offer kkk and maximize the customer's utility among the stores offering kkk); every statement holds for every such lll, and the right-hand side at the full profile, where Sˉ∖Si=∅\bar S\setminus S_i=\emptysetSˉ∖Si​=∅, does not depend on its rule. θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ enters as a hypothesis "θ solves the markup equation", never as a chosen term; its existence and uniqueness is milestone 1.

Standing assumptions carried as explicit hypotheses: λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, αik>0\alpha_{ik}>0αik​>0 and βik>0\beta_{ik}>0βik​>0 (the page's R+\mathbb R^+R+), cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0, ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0. Prices range over all of R\mathbb RR. Optimality is a universal upper bound over all profiles, prices and tie-breaking rules, never a supremum or an arg⁡max⁡\arg\maxargmax. Proposition 9's "optimal solution to problem (13)" is the solution constructed in Theorem 6.

The choice model (13)–(15) is taken as given; the derivation of the MNL probabilities from Gumbel utilities is not formalized. A formalization in which the selection lll is unconstrained, in which v~ik\tilde v_{ik}v~ik​ uses store lll's price sensitivity instead of the customer's, or in which the optimum is a supremum of a possibly unbounded set would change the theorem and is ruled out by the definitions.

A complete development needs only Mathlib's real analysis (exponential, logarithm, finite sums); no new library is required. The single-store pricing optimum (milestone 2) is reusable for any MNL pricing model, and contributions of a general MNL pricing library are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761
  • R. Wang, Capacitated assortment and price optimization under the multinomial logit model, Operations Research Letters 40(6), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2012.08.003
  • H. Li, W. T. Huh, Pricing multiple products with the multinomial logit and nested logit models: concavity and implications, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 13(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1110.0344
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization and pricing under the multinomial logit model with impatient customers: Sequential recommendation and selection, Operations Research 69(5), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2127
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing III: Offering Each Store Its Single-Store Optimal Assortment Earns at Least Half the Optimal Sequential RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer with several physical stores often carries a different selection in each one. A customer who walks into a store and finds nothing she likes may still buy a product stocked elsewhere in the chain, paying in delivery cost or waiting time for it. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (MSOM 2025, DOI 10.1287/msom.2024.0761) compare two ways of showing those other products. Under simultaneous recommendation (SMR) the customer sees the store's own assortment and the rest of the chain's products at once. Under sequential recommendation (SQR) she first sees only the store's assortment and is shown the other stores' products only after declining all of them.

The paper shows that sequential recommendation earns more than simultaneous recommendation, but that choosing the best SQR assortments is NP-hard. A natural first heuristic ignores the cross-store interaction: each store simply carries the assortment that would be optimal if it were alone. This mission formalizes the paper's guarantee for that heuristic: it earns at least half the optimal sequential revenue, and half is the best possible constant. The guarantee is proved in the heterogeneous case of the paper's §7.1, where a product may be valued differently in different stores (a flagship store downtown and an outlet store, for example).

Setting

There are mmm stores and nnn products. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of the customers first visits store iii, with ∑i=1mλi=1\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i=1∑i=1m​λi​=1. Product kkk earns revenue rkr_krk​, and the products are numbered so that r1>r2>⋯>rn>0r_1>r_2>\dots>r_n>0r1​>r2​>⋯>rn​>0. In store iii, product kkk has attraction value vik=exp⁡(uik)>0v_{ik}=\exp(u_{ik})>0vik​=exp(uik​)>0, where uiku_{ik}uik​ is its mean utility; not buying has attraction value 111. A customer who first visits store iii but buys product kkk from store jjj suffers a utility discount cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0, with ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0.

A decision is a profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\boldsymbol S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) of assortments Si⊆{1,…,n}S_i\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}Si​⊆{1,…,n}; write Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​. A product k∈Sˉ∖Sik\in\bar S\setminus S_ik∈Sˉ∖Si​ reaches a store-iii customer through the cheapest store that offers it, with discount cik(S)=min⁡j: k∈Sjcijkc^k_i(\boldsymbol S)=\min_{j:\,k\in S_j}c^k_{ij}cik​(S)=minj:k∈Sj​​cijk​. Under the multinomial logit model with sequential recommendation, a customer who first visits store iii buys product kkk with probability

pikQ(S)={vik1+∑l∈Sivilk∈Si,vike−cik(S)(1+∑l∈Sivil)(1+∑l∈Sivil+∑l∈Sˉ∖Sivile−cil(S))k∈Sˉ∖Si,0otherwise,p^Q_{ik}(\boldsymbol S)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{v_{ik}}{1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}} & k\in S_i,\\[3mm]\dfrac{v_{ik}e^{-c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)}}{\bigl(1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}\bigr)\bigl(1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}+\sum_{l\in\bar S\setminus S_i}v_{il}e^{-c^l_i(\boldsymbol S)}\bigr)} & k\in\bar S\setminus S_i,\\[3mm]0&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}pikQ​(S)=⎩⎨⎧​1+∑l∈Si​​vil​vik​​(1+∑l∈Si​​vil​)(1+∑l∈Si​​vil​+∑l∈Sˉ∖Si​​vil​e−cil​(S))vik​e−cik​(S)​0​k∈Si​,k∈Sˉ∖Si​,otherwise,​

and the seller's expected revenue is

R(S)=∑i=1mλi∑k=1nrk pikQ(S).(SQR-heter)R(\boldsymbol S)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\sum_{k=1}^nr_k\,p^Q_{ik}(\boldsymbol S).\qquad\text{(SQR-heter)}R(S)=i=1∑m​λi​k=1∑n​rk​pikQ​(S).(SQR-heter)

Its maximum over all profiles is RQ∗R^*_QRQ∗​.

The single-store problem of store iii is

Ri∗=max⁡S∑k∈Srkvik1+∑k∈Svik.R^*_i=\max_{S}\frac{\sum_{k\in S}r_kv_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in S}v_{ik}}.Ri∗​=Smax​1+∑k∈S​vik​∑k∈S​rk​vik​​.

An assortment is revenue-ordered if it is {1,2,…,k}\{1,2,\dots,k\}{1,2,…,k} for some k∈{1,…,n}k\in\{1,\dots,n\}k∈{1,…,n}. Some revenue-ordered assortment is optimal for the single-store problem; S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ denotes the smallest such one. The heuristic offers S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ in store iii for every iii, and its revenue is RQH=R(S~1,…,S~m)R^H_Q=R(\tilde S_1,\dots,\tilde S_m)RQH​=R(S~1​,…,S~m​), cross-selling between stores included.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

RQH ≥ 12RQ∗,R^H_Q\ \ge\ \tfrac12R^*_Q,RQH​ ≥ 21​RQ∗​,

and the factor 12\tfrac1221​ is tight: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is an instance with two stores and two products on which RQH<(12+δ)RQ∗R^H_Q<(\tfrac12+\delta)R^*_QRQH​<(21​+δ)RQ∗​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma D.1. Scaling every attraction value by a factor ϵi∈(0,1)\epsilon_i\in(0,1)ϵi​∈(0,1) does not increase the optimal MNL revenue.
  2. First inequality. For every profile, R(T)≥∑iλi∑k∈Tirkvik1+∑k∈TivikR(\boldsymbol T)\ge\sum_i\lambda_i\frac{\sum_{k\in T_i}r_kv_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in T_i}v_{ik}}R(T)≥∑i​λi​1+∑k∈Ti​​vik​∑k∈Ti​​rk​vik​​; at the heuristic profile this is RQH≥∑iλiRi∗R^H_Q\ge\sum_i\lambda_iR^*_iRQH​≥∑i​λi​Ri∗​.
  3. Second and third inequalities. For every profile S\boldsymbol SS, R(S)≤2∑iλiRi∗R(\boldsymbol S)\le2\sum_i\lambda_iR^*_iR(S)≤2∑i​λi​Ri∗​.
  4. Tightness instance. With λ=(1,0)\lambda=(1,0)λ=(1,0), r=(1+1ϵ,1)r=(1+\frac1\epsilon,1)r=(1+ϵ1​,1), vi⋅=(ϵ,1ϵ)v_{i\cdot}=(\epsilon,\frac1\epsilon)vi⋅​=(ϵ,ϵ1​) and no discounts, S~i={1}\tilde S_i=\{1\}S~i​={1}, the heuristic earns exactly 111 and the profile ({1},{2})(\{1\},\{2\})({1},{2}) earns 1+1(1+ϵ)(1+ϵ+ϵ2)1+\frac1{(1+\epsilon)(1+\epsilon+\epsilon^2)}1+(1+ϵ)(1+ϵ+ϵ2)1​.

Significance

The guarantee says that the simplest decentralized policy, in which every store optimizes as if alone, cannot lose more than half of what the best sequential recommendation earns, whatever the store-specific valuations and the cross-store discounts. Read from the other side, the same bound with its tight instance says that sequential cross-selling can at most double the revenue of operating the stores separately, and that a doubling is approached. Since the exact SQR problem is NP-hard (the paper's Proposition 3), a constant-factor guarantee for a policy computable store by store is the kind of statement a practitioner can act on; the paper's numerical study (its Appendix G) finds the heuristic much closer to optimal on synthetic data than the worst case.

Proposition 7 is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. The mission formalizes the model, the proposition with both parts, and the three steps of its proof. Lemma D.1, the monotonicity of the optimal MNL revenue in the attraction values, is a standard fact of assortment optimization that is stated here for a single MNL model and is reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The heuristic profile and the optimal profile are unrelated: the optimal one may stock in store iii products that store iii's own optimum omits, precisely to sell them to other stores' customers in the second stage. A comparison store by store therefore fails, because the optimum's revenue in store iii depends on every other store's assortment through Sˉ\bar SSˉ and the discounts cik(S)c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)cik​(S). The second-stage revenue is a product of two MNL fractions over different assortments with discounted attraction values, and it has to be bounded by the single-store optimum with undiscounted values; this is where Lemma D.1 is needed, and the lemma itself does not follow from comparing a fixed assortment, since the optimal assortment changes with the attraction values. For the tightness part, the answer depends on the tie rule that defines S~i\tilde S_iS~i​: in the instance, store 2 has two optimal single-store assortments, and only the smallest one makes the bound tight.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib. Products are Fin n (the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1) and stores are Fin m; assortments are Finset (Fin n) and profiles are Fin m → Finset (Fin n). Attraction values vikv_{ik}vik​ are the primitive data, not utilities. The discount factor e−cik(S)e^{-c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)}e−cik​(S) is the largest e−cijke^{-c^k_{ij}}e−cijk​ over the offering stores, and 000 when no store offers kkk (the paper's c=∞c=\inftyc=∞). The single-store revenue is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective v r 1 S. The model is the choice probabilities (10) and the objective (SQR-heter), taken as given; the paper's derivation of (10) from Gumbel utilities is not formalized.

The standing assumptions λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, r1>⋯>rnr_1>\dots>r_nr1​>⋯>rn​, vik>0v_{ik}>0vik​>0, cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0 and ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0 are explicit hypotheses of every theorem. One hypothesis is pinned beyond the page: rk>0r_k>0rk​>0. The paper's revenues are prices and its proof drops a second-stage revenue term that is nonnegative only for nonnegative revenues, but the sign is never stated. The paper's tightness claim ("an instance where the equality holds") is realized only in the limit ϵ→0\epsilon\to0ϵ→0, so the goal states it in the form "for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, some instance has RQH<(12+δ)RQ∗R^H_Q<(\frac12+\delta)R^*_QRQH​<(21​+δ)RQ∗​".

"Optimal" means a maximizer over all assortments or profiles, ties allowed, and RQ∗R^*_QRQ∗​ is never formed as a term: the bound is stated as 12R(S)≤RQH\frac12R(\boldsymbol S)\le R^H_Q21​R(S)≤RQH​ for every profile S\boldsymbol SS. S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ is a predicate (revenue-ordered, optimal, and of least cardinality among the revenue-ordered optima). An encoding in which S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ can never exist would make the bound vacuous, so the tightness part asserts that S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ exists on its instance. The tightness part also must use the paper's tie rule, not an arbitrary single-store optimum, since with the other optimum the instance is not tight.

Welcome contributions: proofs of Lemma D.1 and of the two halves of the bound, the exact evaluation of the tightness instance, and a general Lean library for single-store MNL assortment optimization (existence of revenue-ordered optima, monotonicity in attraction values) that the other missions of this series can reuse.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761 (formalized from the authors' manuscript of 2024-09-17 with its Online Supplement).
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1):15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization and Pricing Under the Multinomial Logit Model with Impatient Customers: Sequential Recommendation and Selection, Operations Research 69(5):1509–1532, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2127
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 2: The Myopic Policy Loses at Most β(1−α)ωp_H/((1−αβ)(1−β)) Against the Optimal Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Why reference effects make pricing dynamic

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price below the reference is perceived as a gain and raises demand; a price above it is perceived as a loss and lowers demand. Because today's price moves tomorrow's reference price, a seller who maximises the revenue of each period separately ignores how it erodes or builds future demand. This makes pricing a dynamic program, studied for a single product with linear demand by Popescu and Wu (Operations Research 2007) and Chen, Hu and Hu (Management Science 2017), among others.

Guo, Jiang and Shen (SSRN 4189049, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025) treat several substitutable products under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand. The dynamic program then has a continuous state of dimension nnn, and computing the optimal policy is impractical even for moderate nnn. The myopic policy, which maximises the current period's revenue only, is easy to compute. This mission formalizes the paper's bound on how much revenue the myopic policy can lose (Proposition 2).

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has intrinsic utility aia_iai​, price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference-price sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector p\mathbf pp and reference vector r\mathbf rr, the utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑k∈Neuk)q_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_{k\in N}e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k∈N​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑i∈Npiqi(p,r)\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=\sum_{i\in N}p_iq_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Π(p,r)=∑i∈N​pi​qi​(p,r).

Prices and reference prices lie in the admissible box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with a price ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. The reference price follows exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]: rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^trt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt. Revenue is discounted by β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1).

  • The optimal value V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is the supremum of ∑t≥0βtΠ(pt,rt)\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^t,\mathbf r^t)∑t≥0​βtΠ(pt,rt) over all price sequences in Pn\mathcal P^nPn.
  • A myopic policy pm\mathbf p^mpm picks, for each r∈Pn\mathbf r\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn, a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,\mathbf r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn. Its value Vm(r0)=∑t≥0βtΠ(pm(rt),rt)V^m(\mathbf r^0)=\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t),\mathbf r^t)Vm(r0)=∑t≥0​βtΠ(pm(rt),rt) is taken along rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt)\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t)rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt).
  • The ceiling condition: pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the root of the scalar equation (9) of the paper, p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+exp⁡(ai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1)p=\chi+\sum_i\frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}\exp(a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1)p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​exp(ai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1) with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). It makes the ceiling non-binding for the single-period problem, and the paper assumes it throughout §3–§4.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (optimality gap)

With ω=max⁡i∈N{ci+/(bi+ci+), ci−/(bi+ci−)}\omega=\max_{i\in N}\{c_i^+/(b_i+c_i^+),\ c_i^-/(b_i+c_i^-)\}ω=maxi∈N​{ci+​/(bi​+ci+​), ci−​/(bi​+ci−​)}, for every r0∈Pn\mathbf r^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn and every myopic policy,

0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤β(1−α)(1−αβ)(1−β)⋅ω pH.0\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)-V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le\frac{\beta(1-\alpha)}{(1-\alpha\beta)(1-\beta)}\cdot\omega\,p_H .0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤(1−αβ)(1−β)β(1−α)​⋅ωpH​.

Milestones

  1. The Bellman equation (6), p. 9: V⋆(r0)=max⁡p∈Pn{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\{\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r^0)+\beta V^\star(\alpha\mathbf r^0+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p)\}V⋆(r0)=maxp∈Pn​{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}, with the maximum attained.
  2. The left inequality Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0)V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0), stated in §4.1, p. 17.
  3. Proposition 1.1, p. 10: if α<1\alpha<1α<1, β>0\beta>0β>0 and max⁡ici+>0\max_ic_i^+>0maxi​ci+​>0, then V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is non-decreasing in pHp_HpH​ and lim⁡pH→∞V⋆(r0)=∞\lim_{p_H\to\infty}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\inftylimpH​→∞​V⋆(r0)=∞. It explains why the gap is linear in pHp_HpH​ and why a ceiling is needed at all.

Significance

The bound is uniform in the initial reference price and has an explicit constant. It vanishes in three regimes: α=1\alpha=1α=1 (the reference price never moves), β=0\beta=0β=0 (only the present counts) and ω=0\omega=0ω=0 (no reference effect). It quantifies how much the intertemporal structure costs a seller who ignores it. The myopic policy is computable by a one-dimensional root search (Theorem 1 of the paper), while the optimal policy suffers from the curse of dimensionality, so the bound is what makes the myopic policy a usable benchmark.

The paper proves Proposition 2 in its online supplement (Appendix C.1), which is not part of the source file used for this mission. To our knowledge, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them yields a verified Bellman equation for a deterministic dynamic program with a continuous multidimensional state and a nonsmooth, nonconcave reward.

Difficulty

The left inequality only uses the fact that the myopic price sequence is admissible. The right inequality is the content. Comparing the two value functions period by period fails: in a given period the optimal policy may earn less than the myopic one, and its later advantage comes from having moved the reference price. The two policies also generate different reference paths, so their revenues are evaluated at different states, and the sensitivity of the revenue to the reference price enters only through the constant ω\omegaω. The revenue is not concave in prices or in reference prices, and the kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​ make it nonsmooth. The Bellman equation itself needs the optimal value to be well behaved enough in r\mathbf rr for the one-step maximum to be attained.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (product iii is Lean index i−1i-1i−1), and vectors are Fin n → ℝ. The shares are defined directly by the logit formula; the Gumbel random-utility derivation is motivation only. The standing assumptions b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 are hypotheses of every theorem. The goal also assumes the ceiling condition pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, as a standing assumption of §2.4. That condition is stated as the existence of a root of (9) at most pHp_HpH​. The Bellman equation omits the ceiling condition (it holds without it). Proposition 1.1 varies pHp_HpH​, so it does not take the condition.

  • V⋆V^\starV⋆ is optValue, the supremum over all admissible price sequences, built as an instance of the published deterministic dynamic program KarlinDP.Deterministic.optimalReturn (Karlin 1955). The paper writes V⋆V^\starV⋆ as a maximum over stationary policies and uses it through (6); milestone 1 is the theorem that connects the two.
  • The bound holds for every myopic selection, because single-period maximisers can tie.
  • ω\omegaω and χ\chiχ are maxima over NNN, written ⨆ i, which is 000 when n=0n=0n=0 (then V⋆=Vm=0V^\star=V^m=0V⋆=Vm=0).

Lean's real supremum is 000 on an unbounded family and its tsum is 000 on a non-summable series. Neither default is reached here: with β<1\beta<1β<1 and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 the family is nonempty and bounded by pH/(1−β)p_H/(1-\beta)pH​/(1−β), and every series is summable. So the goal cannot hold vacuously through a junk value. In particular, V⋆V^\starV⋆ may not be replaced by an arbitrary solution of (6), and the constant may not be weakened, for example by replacing ω\omegaω with 111.

Needed infrastructure: continuity of the MNL revenue, the Bellman equation for a discounted deterministic program on a compact action set, and bounds on the myopic value Πm(r)=max⁡p∈PnΠ(p,r)\Pi^m(\mathbf r)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Πm(r)=maxp∈Pn​Π(p,r) as a function of r\mathbf rr. The first two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic pricing strategies with reference effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • X. Chen, P. Hu, Z. Hu, Efficient algorithms for the dynamic pricing problem with reference price effect, Management Science 63(12):4389–4408, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2016.2554
  • S. Karlin, The structure of dynamic programming models, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 2(4):285–294, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800020408
  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, 105–142, 1974.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains I: For a Single Firm the GDPR Raises Profit and Social Welfare, and Raises Consumer Surplus Exactly When v < 2M√(1−δ)/(Z√F)Research Paper

Motivation

The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, in force since 2018) shifted control over personal data from firms to consumers: data may be collected and processed only with the consumer's consent, and consent may be given for some uses and withheld for others. Online retailers use consumer data in two opposite ways. Saved shopping carts, stored addresses and location sharing make shopping more convenient for the consumer; the same data can also be monetized against the consumer, through targeted advertising, data sales or other exploitation. Whether giving consumers control over these uses helps them, and what it costs firms and society, is a question for regulators and for operations managers of e-commerce platforms alike.

F. Xu, X. Wang and F. Zhang, Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains (Management Science, forthcoming), build a stylized model in which both uses of data appear and the consumers' disclosure decisions are taken under rational expectations. This mission formalizes the paper's single-firm result: when one vertically integrated e-commerce firm sells directly to consumers, the GDPR always raises the firm's profit and social welfare, but it raises consumer surplus only when the product's valuation is below an explicit threshold. A companion mission treats the supplier–retailer chain of the same paper, where the GDPR can hurt all three parties.

Setting

A unit mass of consumers values one product at v>0v>0v>0. A consumer's inconvenience cost θ\thetaθ is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The data quality is δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), and monetizing data at intensity r≥0r\ge0r≥0 costs the firm cr2cr^2cr2 with c>0c>0c>0. Write

Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.\mathcal Z = 2c+\delta,\qquad \mathcal M = 4c^2(1-\delta)+c\delta(4-3\delta)+\delta^2,\qquad \mathcal F = 4c^2(1-\delta)+4c\delta(1-\delta)+\delta^2 .Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.

The firm first decides whether to collect data (ℓ∈{0,1}\ell\in\{0,1\}ℓ∈{0,1}), then sets a price p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R. Production is free. A buyer who hides her data gets v−p−θv-p-\thetav−p−θ. A buyer who discloses gets v−p−(1−δ)θ−rδv-p-(1-\delta)\theta-r\deltav−p−(1−δ)θ−rδ: the data scale her inconvenience down by the factor 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, and the firm extracts rδr\deltarδ from her. Without collection only hiding is available. A consumer buys iff her best buying utility is nonnegative.

Two data policies are compared.

  • In the R\mathbb RR mode (retailer-controlled, before the GDPR), the firm chooses rrr after the data are collected, to maximize rδs−cr2r\delta s-cr^2rδs−cr2 given the mass sss of disclosing consumers. Consumers anticipate sss; a rational expectations equilibrium (REE) is a pair (s,r)(s,r)(s,r) in which rrr is the firm's best response to sss and sss is the mass of consumers who disclose given rrr.
  • In the C\mathbb CC mode (consumer-controlled, the GDPR), consumers allow the convenience use and block exploitation, so r=0r=0r=0 and every buyer discloses.

The firm's profit is p⋅(demand)+rδs−cr2p\cdot(\text{demand})+r\delta s-cr^2p⋅(demand)+rδs−cr2. Consumer surplus is the integral over θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] of each consumer's realized utility (zero for non-buyers), and social welfare is profit plus consumer surplus. A subgame-perfect equilibrium (SPE) is a profile with an REE response after every (ℓ,p)(\ell,p)(ℓ,p), an optimal price over R\mathbb RR after each ℓ\ellℓ, and an optimal ℓ\ellℓ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 17)

Let τ=2M1−δZF\tau = \dfrac{2\mathcal M\sqrt{1-\delta}}{\mathcal Z\sqrt{\mathcal F}}τ=ZF​2M1−δ​​. SPEs exist under both policies, and for every SPE of the R\mathbb RR mode and every SPE of the C\mathbb CC mode,

v<τ ⇒ CSR<CSC,v>τ ⇒ CSC<CSR,πR<πC,WR<WC.v<\tau\ \Rightarrow\ CS_{\mathbb R}<CS_{\mathbb C},\qquad v>\tau\ \Rightarrow\ CS_{\mathbb C}<CS_{\mathbb R},\qquad \pi_{\mathbb R}<\pi_{\mathbb C},\qquad W_{\mathbb R}<W_{\mathbb C}.v<τ ⇒ CSR​<CSC​,v>τ ⇒ CSC​<CSR​,πR​<πC​,WR​<WC​.

Milestones

  1. The optimal monetization intensity r(s)=δs/(2c)r(s)=\delta s/(2c)r(s)=δs/(2c) (§4.1, p. 11).
  2. The REE at each price, display (2) (p. 13), with the saturated branch: s=2c(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)s=2c(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)s=2c(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ), r=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)r=\delta(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)r=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ) when (v−p)Z≤2c(1−δ)+δ(v-p)\mathcal Z\le 2c(1-\delta)+\delta(v−p)Z≤2c(1−δ)+δ, and s=2c/Zs=2c/\mathcal Zs=2c/Z, r=δ/Zr=\delta/\mathcal Zr=δ/Z otherwise.
  3. Lemma 1 (p. 13): the hide-and-buy, disclose-and-buy and no-purchase intervals.
  4. Proposition 1 (p. 14): the R\mathbb RR-mode equilibrium; the firm collects, and (r∗,p∗,T1(p∗))(r^*,p^*,\mathcal T_1(p^*))(r∗,p∗,T1​(p∗)) switches form at v=2M/Z2v=2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^2v=2M/Z2.
  5. Proposition 2 (p. 16): the C\mathbb CC-mode equilibrium; the firm collects, and (p~∗,T2(p~∗))(\tilde p^*,\mathcal T_2(\tilde p^*))(p~​∗,T2​(p~​∗)) switches form at v=2(1−δ)v=2(1-\delta)v=2(1−δ).
  6. The equilibrium consumer surplus in both modes (proof of Theorem 1, p. ec23).
  7. The equilibrium profit in both modes (proof of Theorem 1, p. ec23).

Significance

The theorem separates two effects of the GDPR on consumers. The direct privacy effect removes the exploitation loss rδr\deltarδ of every discloser. The indirect pricing effect works the other way: without the exploitation revenue the firm no longer discounts the price to attract disclosers, and once the market under the GDPR is fully covered the firm raises the price sharply. The threshold τ\tauτ says exactly where the second effect overtakes the first. The result that profit and welfare rise regardless of vvv shows that in a single-firm market the GDPR is never welfare-reducing; the supply-chain mission shows that this conclusion fails once a supplier sets a wholesale price, which is the paper's main policy message.

The paper's proofs (e-companion, Appendix C, pp. ec21–ec24) work with closed forms and leave several steps to "it can be verified". A formal proof checks the reduction from the game to those closed forms: existence and uniqueness of the REE at every price including the saturated range, global optimality of the prices over all of R\mathbb RR, and the collection decision against the full no-collection subgame. To our knowledge no part of this paper has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

The obvious argument plugs the printed formula r(p)=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)r(p)=\delta(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)r(p)=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ) into the profit (3) and maximizes. That formula solves the REE condition only while the market is not saturated; on the saturated range the REE intensity is the constant δ/Z\delta/\mathcal Zδ/Z, and the profit is a different function of ppp. The firm's problem is therefore a maximization of a piecewise function with a kink at full coverage, and the price comparison has to cover prices above vvv (no sales) and the subgame without collection.

The consumer-surplus comparison involves two piecewise quadratics with different breakpoints, 2(1−δ)<2M/Z22(1-\delta)<2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^22(1−δ)<2M/Z2, and their single crossing at τ\tauτ lies in the middle region where one mode is saturated and the other is not. Strictness of the profit and welfare comparisons needs the identity M−(1−δ)Z2=cδ2+δ3>0\mathcal M-(1-\delta)\mathcal Z^2=c\delta^2+\delta^3>0M−(1−δ)Z2=cδ2+δ3>0 and its relatives.

Formalization scope

All objects are real numbers; c>0c>0c>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 and v>0v>0v>0 are hypotheses of every statement. The paper does not state v>0v>0v>0; at v≤0v\le0v≤0 nothing is sold, every outcome is 000, and every strict claim fails, so v>0v>0v>0 is a disclosed standing assumption.

Sets of consumers are measured by Lebesgue measure on [0,1][0,1][0,1] ((volume S).toReal); consumer surplus is the interval integral ∫01max⁡{0,u(θ)} dθ\int_0^1\max\{0,u(\theta)\}\,d\theta∫01​max{0,u(θ)}dθ. Indifferent consumers buy and disclose (a null set). The REE uses an IsMaxOn condition over r≥0r\ge0r≥0 and the disclosing quantity defined from utilities; neither r(s)r(s)r(s) nor T1\mathcal T_1T1​ is hard-coded. The firm's profit is defined from the REE response, not from the paper's (3). A strategy profile specifies a price for both collection decisions and an REE response at every (ℓ,p)(\ell,p)(ℓ,p) with p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R; the comparisons in the goal are between on-path outcomes of such profiles.

The goal is not a comparison of printed closed forms: those are milestones 6–7. It asserts existence of an SPE in each mode, so "every equilibrium" is not vacuous; no price range is restricted and no off-path action is omitted.

Display (2) is stated in its corrected two-branch form for p≤vp\le vp≤v; Lemma 1 is stated for p≤vp\le vp≤v, with r(p)r(p)r(p) the REE intensity at ppp. The paper's Table 1 (p. 12) misprints the purchase condition of disclosers and is not used.

A complete development needs volumes of intervals, the REE fixed point, maximization of concave piecewise quadratics over R\mathbb RR, and square-root threshold algebra. No probability or limits are involved. The consumer-stage definitions are shared verbatim with the supply-chain mission and may later be merged. Proofs of any milestone, and of auxiliary lemmas such as 2(1−δ)≤2M/Z22(1-\delta)\le 2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^22(1−δ)≤2M/Z2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Xu, X. Wang, F. Zhang, Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains, Management Science, forthcoming; author manuscript, version of November 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01819
  • European Union, Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize 1: The Optimal Endorsement Policy Is Authentic Until a Threshold Awareness, Then Permanently InauthenticResearch Paper

Motivation

Social media influencers earn money by endorsing products to their followers. An influencer who endorses only products that fit her organic content keeps her audience; one who accepts every sponsorship offer earns more per follower today but loses part of her audience and grows more slowly. Practitioners describe this as the choice between growing and monetizing, and the marketing literature documents both sides of it: followers unsubscribe after poorly fitting sponsored posts (Cheng and Zhang 2022), and small influencers have deeper engagement than large ones (Bentley et al., J. Global Marketing 34(3), 2021, cited in the paper).

Nistor, Selove and Villas-Boas (Management Science, Articles in Advance 2024) turn this trade-off into a deterministic continuous-time control problem. Awareness of the influencer spreads by word of mouth as in the Bass (1969) diffusion model, and the influencer's authenticity is the control. The paper's first main result, Proposition 1, characterizes the optimal policy completely: depending on two explicit conditions, the influencer is always authentic, always inauthentic, or authentic until her awareness reaches a threshold and inauthentic forever after. This mission formalizes Proposition 1 and the lemmas of §3.3 that lead to it.

Setting

Time is t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) and the mass of potential followers is one. The influencer's awareness At∈[0,1]A_t\in[0,1]At​∈[0,1] is the fraction of potential followers who know her, starting from 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1. At each time she is authentic or inauthentic. Following Table 1 of the paper, with parameters 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 and φ>1\varphi>1φ>1 (the reduced-form parameters of §3.1, which aggregate the offer arrival rate, the share of good-fit offers and the followers' tolerance of bad-fit posts):

  • an authentic influencer has Ft=AtF_t=A_tFt​=At​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=At\pi_t=A_tπt​=At​;
  • an inauthentic influencer has Ft=γAtF_t=\gamma A_tFt​=γAt​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=γφAt\pi_t=\gamma\varphi A_tπt​=γφAt​.

Awareness grows according to the equation of motion (1),

dAtdt=βFt(1−At),β>0,\frac{dA_t}{dt}=\beta F_t(1-A_t),\qquad\beta>0,dtdAt​​=βFt​(1−At​),β>0,

so it grows at rate βAt(1−At)\beta A_t(1-A_t)βAt​(1−At​) when she is authentic and γβAt(1−At)\gamma\beta A_t(1-A_t)γβAt​(1−At​) when she is inauthentic. With discount rate r>0r>0r>0 the influencer maximizes the discounted profit (2),

Vt=∫t∞e−r(u−t)πu du,V_t=\int_t^\infty e^{-r(u-t)}\pi_u\,du ,Vt​=∫t∞​e−r(u−t)πu​du,

and V(A)V(A)V(A) is the value of starting at awareness AAA and following the optimal policy.

Two closed-form objects enter the main result. The value of always being inauthentic from awareness AAA is (Lemma 3)

V‾(A)=∫0∞e−rsγφ1+1−AAe−γβs ds,\underline V(A)=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-rs}\gamma\varphi}{1+\frac{1-A}{A}e^{-\gamma\beta s}}\,ds ,V​(A)=∫0∞​1+A1−A​e−γβse−rsγφ​ds,

and its derivative is (3)

m(A)=dV‾(A)dA=∫0∞e−(γβ+r)sγφ[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2 ds.m(A)=\frac{d\underline V(A)}{dA}=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-(\gamma\beta+r)s}\gamma\varphi}{\big[A+(1-A)e^{-\gamma\beta s}\big]^2}\,ds .m(A)=dAdV​(A)​=∫0∞​[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2e−(γβ+r)sγφ​ds.

Condition 1 (with footnote 4) holds if γβ≥r\gamma\beta\ge rγβ≥r or [β−γβr−γβ]γφ>γφ−1\big[\frac{\beta-\gamma\beta}{r-\gamma\beta}\big]\gamma\varphi>\gamma\varphi-1[r−γββ−γβ​]γφ>γφ−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, r>0r>0r>0:

  1. if γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1, always being authentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  2. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 fails, always being inauthentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  3. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 holds, there is A∗∈(0,1)A^*\in(0,1)A∗∈(0,1) with
m(A∗)=γφ−1(1−γ)β(1−A∗),m(A^*)=\frac{\gamma\varphi-1}{(1-\gamma)\beta(1-A^*)},m(A∗)=(1−γ)β(1−A∗)γφ−1​,

and for all sufficiently small A0A_0A0​ the policy "authentic while At<A∗A_t<A^*At​<A∗, inauthentic once At≥A∗A_t\ge A^*At​≥A∗" is optimal.

Milestones

In the paper's order: Lemma 1 (corrected) bounds the growth of VVV above awareness 12\tfrac1221​; Lemma 2 (corrected) shows that permanent inauthenticity is optimal at large awareness; Lemma 3 gives V‾\underline VV​ in closed form; (3) identifies mmm as its derivative; (4) computes the limit of mmm at zero awareness,

lim⁡A→0+m(A)=γφr−γβ  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),\lim_{A\to0^+}m(A)=\frac{\gamma\varphi}{r-\gamma\beta}\ \ (\gamma\beta<r),\qquad m(A)\to+\infty\ \ (\gamma\beta\ge r),A→0+lim​m(A)=r−γβγφ​  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),

which is where Condition 1 comes from.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the benchmark of the paper: each of the six model extensions of §4 (celebrities, follower turnover, partial authenticity, viral content, two segments, commitment) is read against it. Its third clause explains an observed pattern in influencer marketing, that small influencers post fitting content and large ones accept most sponsorships, as an optimal policy rather than a change in preferences, and Condition 1 makes explicit when growth potential outweighs current profits; the paper notes it always holds when β>r\beta>rβ>r. The numerical example of §3.5 (Table 2) places the switch at about 73% awareness.

The proofs are in an online appendix and have not been machine-checked. Formalizing them requires an optimality argument against every measurable switching pattern, not only threshold policies. The mission also records two corrections: Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 are false as printed when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 (explicit counterexamples are in the milestone statements), and they are stated here with the constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r that the paper's own argument gives.

Difficulty

The natural argument compares, at each instant, the extra profit from inauthenticity, (γφ−1)At(\gamma\varphi-1)A_t(γφ−1)At​, with the value of the extra growth from authenticity, (1−γ)βAt(1−At)V′(At)(1-\gamma)\beta A_t(1-A_t)V'(A_t)(1−γ)βAt​(1−At​)V′(At​). This requires knowing the value function VVV, its differentiability, and the Bellman equation it satisfies, none of which is given; replacing VVV by V‾\underline VV​ is only justified along the part of the trajectory after the switch. The comparison must also hold against every measurable switching pattern, under which awareness solves (1) only almost everywhere. Clause 3 additionally needs the threshold equation to have a single crossing and the optimal trajectory to cross it exactly once. Optimality of a constant policy cannot be read off from instantaneous profits alone when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1: the instantaneously better choice (inauthenticity) can be the wrong one for a small influencer.

Formalization scope

  • Policies are measurable sets S⊆RS\subseteq\mathbb RS⊆R of times at which the influencer is inauthentic; constant policies are ∅\emptyset∅ and R\mathbb RR.
  • Admissible paths are continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), start at A0A_0A0​, take values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and solve (1) in integral (Carathéodory) form, because a measurable control makes dA/dtdA/dtdA/dt exist only almost everywhere. The [0,1][0,1][0,1] clause is implied by the equation and makes every profit stream bounded.
  • Discounted profit is (2) at t=0t=0t=0, an integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞); the paper's shift s=u−ts=u-ts=u−t is notation. The value function VVV of Lemma 1 is the real supremum over admissible pairs, nonempty and bounded above by γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r at every A0∈[0,1]A_0\in[0,1]A0​∈[0,1].
  • Optimality is against every admissible pair from the same A0A_0A0​, and every goal clause produces the optimal pair existentially. The threshold policy is the set {t≥0:At≥A∗}\{t\ge0: A_t\ge A^*\}{t≥0:At​≥A∗} of the same path it drives; a free switching time would not express a feedback rule.
  • Standing assumptions. 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1 (§3.1–3.2); r>0r>0r>0 is the reading of "discount rate"; γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 is assumed in every milestone ("for the remainder of the paper", p. 5) but not in the goal, whose first clause is γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1. Condition 1 is the disjunction of footnote 4. Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 carry the corrected constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: optimality is never assumed, the competitor class contains the constant policies' logistic paths, the threshold A∗A^*A∗ must solve the equation of (3) inside (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and measurability of policies keeps every profit integral meaningful. The microfoundations of §3.1 (μ\muμ, θ\thetaθ, ω\omegaω, U^\hat UU^, ccc) do not enter any statement.

The development needs Carathéodory solutions of a scalar ODE with a measurable switching coefficient, comparison and uniqueness for such solutions, differentiation under an improper integral, and a verification argument for a one-dimensional deterministic control problem with bang-bang control. The last two are reusable for other continuous-time marketing and diffusion models. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the logistic closed form underlying Lemma 3.

Selected references

  • C. Nistor, M. Selove, J. M. Villas-Boas, Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03479
  • F. M. Bass, A new product growth for model consumer durables, Management Science 15(5):215–227, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • M. Cheng, S. Zhang, Reputation burning: Analyzing the impact of brand sponsorship on social influencers, preprint, 2022. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4071188
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustifying Conditional Portfolio Decisions via Optimal Transport 2: With a Singleton Fiber and Fiber Mass at Least ε > 0, the Worst-Case Conditional Expected Loss Equals a Two-Multiplier DualResearch Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who observes today's value x0x_0x0​ of a covariate (a market signal, a macroeconomic indicator) wants to choose a portfolio that performs well conditionally on that observation: the relevant risk is E[ℓ(Y,α,β)∣X=x0]\mathbb E[\ell(Y,\alpha,\beta)\mid X=x_0]E[ℓ(Y,α,β)∣X=x0​] of the asset return YYY, not its unconditional mean. With finitely many historical pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), the empirical conditional distribution at a new x0x_0x0​ is usually empty or rests on one or two samples, so estimating it directly is unreliable. Nguyen, Zhang, Wang, Blanchet, Delage and Ye (arXiv:2103.16451v3, Operations Research 2025) hedge it with distributionally robust optimization: they take the worst case of the conditional expectation over all joint laws of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) within an optimal-transport ball around the empirical measure that still put a prescribed amount of mass on the conditioning event.

The objective is a ratio of two linear functionals of the law, so the standard strong-duality theorems for Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization (Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn, 2018; Blanchet and Murthy, 2019; Gao and Kleywegt, 2023) do not apply directly. This mission formalizes the paper's answer in the singular case where the conditioning event is the single point {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​} and the event must keep mass at least ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX (covariates) and Y\mathcal YY (returns) be spaces with ground costs DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​, DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​, combined into the separable cost D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX(x,x′)+DY(y,y′)\mathbb D((x,y),(x',y'))=\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x')+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,y')D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX​(x,x′)+DY​(y,y′). The data are NNN samples (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), i∈[N]i\in[N]i∈[N], with empirical measure P^=N−1∑iδ(x^i,y^i)\hat{\mathbb P}=N^{-1}\sum_i\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^=N−1∑i​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​.

  • The optimal transport cost between laws Q1,Q2\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2Q1​,Q2​ is W(Q1,Q2)=inf⁡{Eπ[D(ξ1,ξ2)]:π∈Π(Q1,Q2)}\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)=\inf\{\mathbb E_\pi[\mathbb D(\xi_1,\xi_2)]:\pi\in\Pi(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)\}W(Q1​,Q2​)=inf{Eπ​[D(ξ1​,ξ2​)]:π∈Π(Q1​,Q2​)}, the infimum over couplings.
  • The ambiguity set is Bρ={Q: W(Q,P^)≤ρ}\mathbb B_\rho=\{\mathbb Q:\ \mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})\le\rho\}Bρ​={Q: W(Q,P^)≤ρ} for a radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0.
  • The fiber of radius γ\gammaγ is Nγ(x0)×Y\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\times\mathcal YNγ​(x0​)×Y with Nγ(x0)={x:DX(x,x0)≤γ}\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)=\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le\gamma\}Nγ​(x0​)={x:DX​(x,x0​)≤γ}; here γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, so the fiber is {x0}×Y\{x_0\}\times\mathcal Y{x0​}×Y.
  • The minimum radius ρmin⁡(x0,γ,ε)=inf⁡{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ(x0))≥ε}\rho_{\min}(x_0,\gamma,\varepsilon)=\inf\{\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P}):\mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))\ge\varepsilon\}ρmin​(x0​,γ,ε)=inf{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))≥ε} is the smallest radius at which some law in the ball meets the mass requirement.
  • Assumption 2.4 of the paper: the costs are symmetric, non-negative and continuous, D\mathbb DD vanishes exactly on the diagonal, each x^i\hat x_ix^i​ has a unique projection onto Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) with cost κi\kappa_iκi​, and boundary points of Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) can be left at arbitrarily small cost.

For a loss ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β)\ell(y)=\ell(y,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β) at a fixed decision, the object of study is the worst-case conditional expected loss

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X=x0)≥ε EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0],EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=EQ[ℓ(Y)1{x0}(X)]Q(X=x0).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilon}\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0],\qquad \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0]=\frac{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mathbb 1_{\{x_0\}}(X)]}{\mathbb Q(X=x_0)} .Q∈Bρ​, Q(X=x0​)≥εsup​ EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​],EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=Q(X=x0​)EQ​[ℓ(Y)1{x0​}​(X)]​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 15)

For ε∈(0,1]\varepsilon\in(0,1]ε∈(0,1] and ρ>ρmin⁡(x0,0,ε)\rho>\rho_{\min}(x_0,0,\varepsilon)ρ>ρmin​(x0​,0,ε),

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X=x0)≥εEQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=inf⁡λ1≥0, λ2∈R{ρλ1+ελ2+1N∑i∈[N](sup⁡y∈Y{ε−1ℓ(y)−[DX(x0,x^i)+DY(y,y^i)]λ1−λ2})+}.\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilon}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0] =\inf_{\lambda_1\ge0,\ \lambda_2\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\rho\lambda_1+\varepsilon\lambda_2+\frac1N\sum_{i\in[N]}\Big(\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\big\{\varepsilon^{-1}\ell(y)-[\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x_0,\hat x_i)+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,\hat y_i)]\lambda_1-\lambda_2\big\}\Big)^+\Big\}.Q∈Bρ​, Q(X=x0​)≥εsup​EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=λ1​≥0, λ2​∈Rinf​{ρλ1​+ελ2​+N1​i∈[N]∑​(y∈Ysup​{ε−1ℓ(y)−[DX​(x0​,x^i​)+DY​(y,y^​i​)]λ1​−λ2​})+}.

The loss is arbitrary (measurable, real-valued), and both sides may be +∞+\infty+∞.

Milestones

  1. Representation (24) (p. 47): Q∈Bρ\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ∈Bρ​ iff Q=N−1∑iπi\mathbb Q=N^{-1}\sum_i\pi_iQ=N−1∑i​πi​ for probability measures πi\pi_iπi​ with N−1∑iEπi[D(⋅,(x^i,y^i))]≤ρN^{-1}\sum_i\mathbb E_{\pi_i}[\mathbb D(\cdot,(\hat x_i,\hat y_i))]\le\rhoN−1∑i​Eπi​​[D(⋅,(x^i​,y^​i​))]≤ρ.
  2. Proposition 2.5 (p. 11): ρmin⁡\rho_{\min}ρmin​ is the value of the fractional knapsack program min⁡{N−1∑iκiυi:υ∈[0,1]N,∑iυi≥Nε}\min\{N^{-1}\sum_i\kappa_i\upsilon_i:\upsilon\in[0,1]^N,\sum_i\upsilon_i\ge N\varepsilon\}min{N−1∑i​κi​υi​:υ∈[0,1]N,∑i​υi​≥Nε}, and the problem is feasible iff ρ≥ρmin⁡\rho\ge\rho_{\min}ρ≥ρmin​.
  3. Lemma A.4 (p. 36): in a linear-fractional program over [0,1]N[0,1]^N[0,1]N, the constraint ∑iυi≥εN\sum_i\upsilon_i\ge\varepsilon N∑i​υi​≥εN may be replaced by ∑iυi=εN\sum_i\upsilon_i=\varepsilon N∑i​υi​=εN.
  4. Proposition A.5 (p. 36): the worst case equals a supremum over weights υ\upsilonυ with ∑iυi=Nε\sum_i\upsilon_i=N\varepsilon∑i​υi​=Nε and over laws μ0i\mu_0^iμ0i​ on Y\mathcal YY of the linear objective (Nε)−1∑iυiEμ0i[ℓ](N\varepsilon)^{-1}\sum_i\upsilon_i\mathbb E_{\mu_0^i}[\ell](Nε)−1∑i​υi​Eμ0i​​[ℓ] under one transport budget.
  5. Inner duality (p. 41): for fixed strictly feasible weights, the inner supremum over (μ0i)(\mu_0^i)(μ0i​) equals its moment-problem dual over λ1≥0\lambda_1\ge0λ1​≥0 and θ∈RN\theta\in\mathbb R^Nθ∈RN.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 reduces an infinite-dimensional, fractional worst-case problem to a two-multiplier convex program whose only infinite-dimensional pieces are NNN suprema over Y\mathcal YY. For piecewise-linear losses and norm costs the paper turns this into the conic programs of Propositions 3.3–3.4, which are what make the robust conditional portfolio model solvable in practice. It also compares the formulation with the trimming approach of Esteban-Pérez and Morales (Mathematical Programming, 2022), whose adversary may only pick laws with fiber mass exactly ε\varepsilonε; Proposition A.5 shows that, at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, the more powerful adversary allowed Q(X=x0)≥ε\mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilonQ(X=x0​)≥ε attains the same value.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematics. None of it is formalized. A complete development would add to the platform a first conditional (fractional) distributionally robust duality, a decomposition of optimal-transport balls around empirical measures (milestone 1, reusable by every finite-sample Wasserstein result), and a moment-problem duality with one budget constraint (milestone 5).

Difficulty

The ratio objective is the obstacle: neither the numerator nor the denominator alone determines the worst case, and a law that is optimal for the numerator may violate the mass constraint. The step "fix the fiber mass at ε\varepsilonε" (Proposition A.5) is where the obvious argument fails: an optimal law may put more than ε\varepsilonε on {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​}, and reducing that mass requires moving sample points off x0x_0x0​ at vanishing transport cost, which needs points of X\mathcal XX arbitrarily close to x0x_0x0​. Milestone 1 needs the existence of optimal couplings, which Mathlib lacks. Milestone 5 is an infinite-dimensional Lagrangian duality whose Slater point degenerates on the boundary of the weight set, so the final interchange of supremum and infimum must avoid that boundary.

Formalization scope

X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY are Polish spaces with their Borel σ-algebras; samples are indexed by Fin N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1, repeats allowed. The optimal transport cost is the published RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost (an infimum of lower integrals of the [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued cost; attainment is not built in), and every expectation of the loss is the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral, ∫ℓ+−∫ℓ−\int\ell^+-\int\ell^-∫ℓ+−∫ℓ− in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞]. Worst-case values and duals are EReal suprema and infima. The loss is a measurable L : Y → ℝ standing for ℓ(⋅,α,β)\ell(\cdot,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(⋅,α,β) at an arbitrary decision.

Hypotheses beyond the page, all disclosed in the statements:

  • Assumption 2.4 is a hypothesis of every statement, as the paper makes it "throughout".
  • NotIsolated: for every r>0r>0r>0 there is x≠x0x\ne x_0x=x0​ with DX(x,x0)≤r\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le rDX​(x,x0​)≤r. This is Assumption 2.4(iii) at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 read with the ambient boundary of {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​}, as the paper's remark on p. 11 does; with the topological frontier in X\mathcal XX, (iii) is vacuous at an isolated x0x_0x0​, and Theorem 3.2 is then false.
  • Measurability of the loss, used because the dual side integrates ℓ\ellℓ against arbitrary laws on Y\mathcal YY.
  • Milestone 5 requires the strict budget inequality ∑iυiDX(x0,x^i)<Nρ\sum_i\upsilon_i\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x_0,\hat x_i)<N\rho∑i​υi​DX​(x0​,x^i​)<Nρ; the page's Slater argument covers only that case.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: conditional expectations are only taken at laws with fiber mass at least ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (never at mass 000, where a real division would return 000); expectations are never Bochner integrals, which would be 000 for a non-integrable loss; the radius enters through ENNReal.ofReal ρ only where ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 or ρ>ρmin⁡\rho>\rho_{\min}ρ>ρmin​ forces ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0; and every supremum ranges over exactly the paper's feasible set.

Needed infrastructure: existence of optimal couplings on Polish spaces (Villani, Theorem 4.1), a Lagrangian duality for moment problems, and Mathlib's Sion minimax theorem for the interchange. Contributions to any of these, and proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, F. Zhang, S. Wang, J. Blanchet, E. Delage, Y. Ye, Robustifying conditional portfolio decisions via optimal transport, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2103.16451v3, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.16451
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance, Mathematics of Operations Research 48, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1275
  • A. Esteban-Pérez, J. M. Morales, Distributionally robust stochastic programs with side information based on trimmings, Mathematical Programming, 2022.
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165.
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8, 1958, pp. 171–176.
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Led Marketplaces 1: Below a Capacity Threshold the Monopolist Competes Only in the Top Marketplace Products (Mode I); Above It He Also Monopolizes Unsupplied Products (Mode II)Research Paper

Motivation

Large online retailers such as Amazon run two businesses on one storefront. They sell products themselves, and they host a marketplace on which third-party sellers sell, paying the platform a percentage of their revenue. A retailer that also runs the marketplace can decide which products to sell itself, and it controls which offer most consumers see. Competition authorities have asked whether this dual role lets the platform appropriate third-party sellers' business, and empirical work (Zhu and Liu, 2018) finds that Amazon enters only a small, high-performing subset of marketplace products.

Hervas-Drane and Shelegia (Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, 2025) give a model in which these choices can be computed. Its main result, Proposition 2, says which products the platform sells itself when its assortment is limited. This mission formalizes that proposition together with the pricing and entry results it rests on.

Setting

There is a unit mass of products. Each product is an independent market indexed by its consumers' valuation vvv. Valuations are distributed according to a probability measure μ\muμ on [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞) with CDF G(v)=μ((−∞,v])G(v)=\mu((-\infty,v])G(v)=μ((−∞,v]). Every unit costs c>0c>0c>0 to supply. Each market has a unit mass of unit-demand consumers, who buy at a price ppp only if p≤vp\le vp≤v.

The monopolist retailer MMM sets an ad valorem fee f∈[0,1]f\in[0,1]f∈[0,1] on the third-party seller's revenue. He can steer a share λ\lambdaλ of consumers (the inattentive ones) to the seller of his choice; the remaining 1−λ1-\lambda1−λ buy from the cheapest offer, with ties going to MMM. He has capacity k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1]: he can supply at most a fraction kkk of all products.

The game has three stages. In Stage 1 MMM sets fff. In Stage 2 each product's third-party seller TTT decides whether to enter, and then MMM chooses which products to enter. In Stage 3, in each market both present firms price sequentially: TTT quotes first, then MMM quotes and steers. The solution concept is subgame perfect equilibrium.

Proposition 1 solves Stage 3. A product supplied by MMM alone (SBM) earns him πMSBM=v−c\pi_M^{SBM}=v-cπMSBM​=v−c. A product supplied by TTT alone (SBT) earns her (1−f)v−c(1-f)v-c(1−f)v−c and earns him the fee πMSBT=fv\pi_M^{SBT}=fvπMSBT​=fv. When both supply it (SBMT), TTT charges

pˉT=λv+c(1−λ)1−f(1−λ),\bar p_T=\frac{\lambda v+c(1-\lambda)}{1-f(1-\lambda)},pˉ​T​=1−f(1−λ)λv+c(1−λ)​,

and MMM earns πMSBMT=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉT\pi_M^{SBMT}=\lambda(v-c)+(1-\lambda)f\bar p_TπMSBMT​=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉ​T​. Lemma 1 says TTT enters exactly the products v≥vT=c/(1−f)v\ge v_T=c/(1-f)v≥vT​=c/(1−f), the marketplace products. An allocation of MMM is any measurable set AAA of products with μ(A)≤k\mu(A)\le kμ(A)≤k. His total profit is the SBM profit on AAA below vTv_TvT​, plus the SBMT profit on AAA above vTv_TvT​, plus the fee on marketplace products outside AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Assume λ≥12\lambda\ge\tfrac12λ≥21​ (Assumption 1) and f<1f<1f<1. Let Δπ(v)=πMSBMT(v)−πMSBT(v)\Delta\pi(v)=\pi_M^{SBMT}(v)-\pi_M^{SBT}(v)Δπ(v)=πMSBMT​(v)−πMSBT​(v) and

v∗=cλ(1−f)2(λ−f(1−λ)),k‾=1−G(v∗).v^*=\frac{c\lambda}{(1-f)^2(\lambda-f(1-\lambda))},\qquad \underline k=1-G(v^*).v∗=(1−f)2(λ−f(1−λ))cλ​,k​=1−G(v∗).

Then:

  • Mode I. If k≤k‾k\le\underline kk≤k​, the optimal allocation is unique up to μ\muμ-null sets and equals [vK,∞)[v_K,\infty)[vK​,∞) with 1−G(vK)=k1-G(v_K)=k1−G(vK​)=k (empty if k=0k=0k=0).
  • Mode II. If k>k‾k>\underline kk>k​, it is [vL,vT)∪[vH,∞)[v_L,v_T)\cup[v_H,\infty)[vL​,vT​)∪[vH​,∞), where
πMSBM(vL)=Δπ(vH),(1−G(vH))+(G(vT)−G(vL))=k.\pi_M^{SBM}(v_L)=\Delta\pi(v_H),\qquad (1-G(v_H))+(G(v_T)-G(v_L))=k.πMSBM​(vL​)=Δπ(vH​),(1−G(vH​))+(G(vT​)−G(vL​))=k.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1, its three supply configurations: the SBM monopoly price, the SBT equilibrium, and the SBMT subgame perfect equilibrium, which is unique for 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 and v(1−f)>cv(1-f)>cv(1−f)>c.
  2. Lemma 1 with (1) and Property 1: the entry threshold vTv_TvT​.
  3. The closed form of Δπ\Delta\piΔπ, its positivity above vTv_TvT​, and its monotonicity in vvv and in fff.
  4. (A.2): Δπ(v∗)=πMSBM(vT)\Delta\pi(v^*)=\pi_M^{SBM}(v_T)Δπ(v∗)=πMSBM​(vT​), and v∗≥vTv^*\ge v_Tv∗≥vT​.
  5. The (vL,vH)(v_L,v_H)(vL​,vH​) system has a unique solution when k>k‾k>\underline kk>k​.

Significance

Proposition 2 is the step that the rest of the paper builds on. Display (4) writes the monopolist's profit as a function of the fee by plugging in the thresholds vLv_LvL​, vTv_TvT​, vHv_HvH​, vKv_KvK​ of Proposition 2. The optimal fee (Lemma 2, Proposition 3) and the policy comparisons of §6 (a pure-retailer response, fee regulation, steering bans) are all statements about that function. The two modes are also the paper's empirical prediction. A platform with little capacity, effective steering and a high fee competes only in the top marketplace products. With more capacity it also takes products no third party sells.

The paper proves Proposition 2 in Appendix A. The proof is an informal capacity-allocation argument. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof has to turn the argument about entering the products of highest marginal profitability first into a statement about all measurable allocations of mass at most kkk. It must also prove uniqueness up to null sets, and handle the corners k=0k=0k=0, k=1k=1k=1 and f=0f=0f=0 that the prose passes over.

Difficulty

The obvious argument ranks products by the marginal profitability of entry and fills capacity from the top. Two facts make this harder than it looks. First, the ranking is not monotone in vvv. Below vTv_TvT​ the gain is v−cv-cv−c; above vTv_TvT​ it is Δπ(v)\Delta\pi(v)Δπ(v), which starts again from 000 at vTv_TvT​. So the optimal set is an upper level set of a piecewise function, and in Mode II it has two components. Second, the claim is about every measurable set of mass at most kkk, not about thresholds. Optimality needs an exchange argument against arbitrary sets, and uniqueness needs the level sets of the gain to be μ\muμ-null. Locating the thresholds also needs continuity and strict monotonicity of GGG, which come from the density and the full-support hypothesis.

Proposition 1 has its own subtlety. At pT=pˉTp_T=\bar p_TpT​=pˉ​T​ the monopolist is indifferent between matching TTT's price and charging vvv. TTT's best price exists only if MMM's strategy breaks this tie in TTT's favour, so the equilibrium has to be stated for strategies defined at every price of TTT.

Formalization scope

Products form a probability measure μ : Measure ℝ. The standing hypotheses are:

  • μ((−∞,c))=0\mu((-\infty,c))=0μ((−∞,c))=0, μ≪\mu\llμ≪ Lebesgue (the density ggg), and Integrable (fun v => v) μ, which the paper never states but which is needed for profits to be finite;
  • μ\muμ charges every nonempty open interval of [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞), the reading of G−1G^{-1}G−1 in (3);
  • c>0c>0c>0, f∈[0,1)f\in[0,1)f∈[0,1), λ∈[12,1]\lambda\in[\tfrac12,1]λ∈[21​,1], k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1].

The foreclosed corner f=1f=1f=1 (vT=∞v_T=\inftyvT​=∞) is not covered. Marketplace products are encoded as {v:c≤v(1−f)}\{v: c\le v(1-f)\}{v:c≤v(1−f)}. Optimal allocations quantify over all measurable sets of mass at most kkk, and uniqueness is up to μ\muμ-null sets. Restricting allocations to intervals or to unions of two intervals would assume the conclusion, and the formalization does not do it.

In Proposition 1, MMM's strategy is a function of TTT's price that is a best response at every price, and TTT's price is optimal against it. Uniqueness of the SBMT outcome is stated only for 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 and v(1−f)>cv(1-f)>cv(1−f)>c, where it holds. Lemma 1's duopoly clause likewise needs 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1.

Two definition files carry the model:

  • Model: GGG, the marketplace set, the Proposition 1 payoffs, Δπ\Delta\piΔπ, v∗v^*v∗, k‾\underline kk​, allocations and profit;
  • PricingGame: the three pricing games and their equilibria.

The bathtub-type lemma behind Proposition 2 is reusable beyond this mission: among measurable sets of mass at most kkk, an upper level set of a weight maximizes its integral. Contributions of that lemma, of the milestones, and of alternative proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Hervas-Drane, S. Shelegia, Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.00315
  • F. Zhu, Q. Liu, Competing with Complementors: An Empirical Look at Amazon.com, Strategic Management Journal 39:2618–2642, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932
  • A. Hervas-Drane, S. Shelegia, Price Competition with a Stake in Your Rival, International Journal of Industrial Organization 84:102862, 2022 (the simultaneous-pricing variant of the pricing game). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijindorg.2022.102862
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 1: Without Gain-Seeking Products the Myopic Price Path Converges to a Steady State; with One the Myopic Policy Has NoneResearch Paper

Motivation

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price above the reference is perceived as a loss and depresses demand; a price below it is perceived as a gain and stimulates it. Because today's prices shape tomorrow's reference prices, a seller facing reference effects solves a dynamic problem even when demand is otherwise stationary. The single-product theory is classical: Popescu and Wu (2007) showed, for a broad class of demand models, that loss-averse consumers make optimal and myopic price paths converge monotonically, and Hu, Chen and Hu (2016) studied the cyclic behaviour that gain-seeking consumers can induce under linear demand.

Retailers sell many substitutable products, and the standard model of substitution is the multinomial logit (MNL). Guo, Jiang and Shen (2025) combine the two: each product has its own reference price and its own asymmetric sensitivities to gains and losses, and consumers choose among the products by MNL. This mission formalizes the paper's first set of results, on the myopic pricing policy, which maximises the current period's revenue at the current reference prices and ignores the effect on the future. Myopic pricing is both a widely used heuristic and the benchmark against which the optimal policy is measured later in the paper.

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has an intrinsic utility ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R, a price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector ppp and reference price vector rrr the deterministic utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(p,r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share of product iii is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑keuk)q_i(p,r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_k e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑ipi qi(p,r)\Pi(p,r)=\sum_i p_i\,q_i(p,r)Π(p,r)=∑i​pi​qi​(p,r). Product iii is loss-averse if ci+<ci−c_i^+<c_i^-ci+​<ci−​, loss-neutral if ci+=ci−c_i^+=c_i^-ci+​=ci−​, and gain-seeking if ci+>ci−c_i^+>c_i^-ci+​>ci−​; the three sets are Nl,Nn,NgN_l,N_n,N_gNl​,Nn​,Ng​.

Prices and reference prices lie in the box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. A myopic policy pmp^mpm assigns to each r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn; the maximum value is the optimal single-period revenue Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r). Reference prices follow exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]:

rt+1=αrt+(1−α) pm(rt),r^{t+1}=\alpha r^t+(1-\alpha)\,p^m(r^t),rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt),

and {pm(rt)}t≥0\{p^m(r^t)\}_{t\ge0}{pm(rt)}t≥0​ is the myopic price path. A policy has a steady state if pm(r)=rp^m(r)=rpm(r)=r for some r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn.

The paper assumes throughout that pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the unique root of the scalar equation (9), p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+eai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1p=\chi+\sum_i \frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}e^{a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1}p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​eai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1 with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). This ceiling assumption makes the ceiling non-binding for the myopic problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, long-run behaviour of the myopic policy

For every myopic policy pmp^mpm and every r0∈Pnr^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn:

Ng=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1;N_g=\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r^t)\to L\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and } p^m(L)=L \text{ when } \alpha<1;Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1; Ng≠∅ ⟹ pm(r)≠r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.N_g\neq\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r)\neq r\ \ \forall r\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and the path does not converge when } \alpha<1 .Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(r)=r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1.2 (p. 10): (9) has a unique root p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​, and for pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​ the maximisers of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn are its maximisers over Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  2. Theorem 2 (p. 13): every myopic price is Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) plus an explicit constant that depends on the product's type and on where rir_iri​ lies relative to thresholds such as Πm(r)+Zi\Pi^m(r)+Z_iΠm(r)+Zi​, Zi=log⁡(bi+ci+)−log⁡(bi+ci−)ci+−ci−Z_i=\frac{\log(b_i+c_i^+)-\log(b_i+c_i^-)}{c_i^+-c_i^-}Zi​=ci+​−ci−​log(bi​+ci+​)−log(bi​+ci−​)​.
  3. Theorem 1 (p. 12): Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the unique root of the scalar equation (13).
  4. Corollary 1 (p. 12): the right-hand side of (13) is non-increasing in Π\PiΠ.
  5. §3.1, p. 13: Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is non-decreasing in rrr.
  6. Corollary 2 (p. 16): if every product is loss-neutral, the myopic policy has a unique steady state pim⋆=Πm⋆+1/(bi+ci)p_i^{m\star}=\Pi^{m\star}+1/(b_i+c_i)pim⋆​=Πm⋆+1/(bi​+ci​), with Πm⋆\Pi^{m\star}Πm⋆ the unique root of (18), and the price paths of all products move synchronously.

Significance

Theorem 3 separates two regimes by consumer type alone. With loss-averse and loss-neutral consumers a seller who reprices myopically settles at a stable price vector; with even one gain-seeking product no price vector is self-reproducing, and myopic prices keep oscillating. Theorems 1 and 2 are the structural results behind this: they reduce a non-concave, non-smooth nnn-dimensional optimisation to one scalar equation with a monotone right-hand side, which is also how the myopic policy is computed in practice. The same structure is used later in the paper to bound the gap between myopic and optimal revenue.

All results are proved in the paper; the proofs are in its online supplement (Appendices B.1–B.5), which is not part of the source file used here. None of the results is formalized. The work in this mission is the first machine-checked treatment of MNL pricing with reference effects: global optimality of a candidate maximiser for a non-concave revenue, the analysis of a scalar root equation with piecewise definitions, and the dynamics of a map that is continuous without gain-seeking products and discontinuous with them.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2, setting the gradient of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) to zero, fails twice. The revenue has kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​, so a maximiser may sit at a kink where no gradient exists; this is the middle branch pim=rip_i^m=r_ipim​=ri​ for loss-averse products. And the revenue is not concave in prices: for a gain-seeking product the first-order conditions have several solutions, and a global maximiser must be singled out among them. The usual reformulation of MNL pricing in market-share variables, which restores concavity without reference effects, does not survive the kinks.

For Theorem 3 the difficulty is dynamic. Without gain-seeking products the myopic map is continuous, but the flat middle branch of (14) makes it non-contracting, so the standard contraction arguments do not apply, and the limit depends on the starting point. With a gain-seeking product the map jumps at the threshold Πm+Zi\Pi^m+Z_iΠm+Zi​, so continuity-based arguments about the limit of the path are unavailable.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (0-based); vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the product topology and the coordinatewise order. The standing hypotheses bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, ci±≥0c_i^\pm\ge0ci±​≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 and the ceiling assumption (as "some root of (9) is at most pHp_HpH​") appear as hypotheses of every theorem that needs them; Corollary 1 needs only b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0. The market shares (3) are defined directly, without the Gumbel derivation. χ\chiχ is an indexed supremum over Fin n (zero when n=0n=0n=0). The three sums of (13) are written as one sum whose term is chosen by product type.

Maximisers need not be unique, so a myopic policy is any selection of maximisers, and every statement holds for all selections; Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the revenue of an arbitrary maximiser. "The unique solution" is split into "is a solution" and "every solution equals it". The following deviations are disclosed in the items: at the threshold ri=Πm+Zir_i=\Pi^m+Z_iri​=Πm+Zi​ of (16) both prices are maximisers, so only "one of the two" is claimed there; the fixed-point property of the limit in Theorem 3, and every limit claim of Corollary 2, require α<1\alpha<1α<1, since at α=1\alpha=1α=1 the price path is the constant pm(r0)p^m(r^0)pm(r0); the non-convergence clause in Theorem 3.2 is an addition to the literal "no steady state". "Monotone decreasing" (Corollary 1) and "monotone increasing" (Corollary 2, §3.1) are read non-strictly.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Theorem 3.2 quantifies over every reference price in the box and every myopic selection, Theorem 3.1 asserts convergence from every initial reference price rather than the existence of some fixed point, and Theorems 1–3 keep the ceiling assumption, without which the maximiser can sit on the boundary and (14)–(16) fail.

A complete development needs: continuity and compactness facts for the MNL revenue on a box; optimality conditions for the kinked, non-concave revenue; one-variable analysis of the piecewise-exponential right-hand side of (13); and convergence results for monotone or continuous recursions in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The MNL and reference-price infrastructure is reusable by the five other missions of this series. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025; source used: SSRN 4189049, version of 2024-05-25. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1446
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantile Optimization via Multiple Timescale Local Search for Black-box Functions: SPQO's Mean Absolute Error Decays as O(α_k/γ_k) + O(c_k²) + O(β_k^{1/2}/c_k) for Strongly Convex QuantilesResearch Paper

Why optimize a quantile of a black box

Risk-sensitive decisions are often judged by a quantile of an outcome rather than by its mean: the 95th percentile of waiting time in a service system, the value-at-risk of a portfolio, the tail of a project's completion time. When the outcome is produced by a stochastic simulation or another black box, its distribution is unknown and only samples are available, so neither the quantile nor its gradient can be evaluated. Hu, Song and Fu (arXiv:2308.07607, Operations Research, 2025) propose a local search method for this problem that uses three samples per iteration in any dimension, and they prove that its iterates converge almost surely and at an explicit rate.

Earlier approaches estimate the quantile gradient by finite differences of order statistics, which requires sample sizes growing to infinity (Kibzun and Matveev 2012), or run a multi-timescale stochastic approximation driven by direct gradient estimators such as perturbation analysis or likelihood ratios (Hu, Peng, Zhang and Zhang 2022), which a black box does not provide. The present paper estimates the gradient from indicator differences along a simultaneous perturbation in the spirit of Spall's SPSA (1992), using a coordinate-wise variant (SDQO) as a baseline whose cost grows with the dimension ddd, and, by its own account (p. 5), gives the first convergence rate for a three-timescale stochastic approximation scheme.

Setting

For every input θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd a black box returns a random output Y(θ)Y(\theta)Y(θ) with c.d.f. F(y;θ)F(y;\theta)F(y;θ) and density f(y;θ)=∂F(y;θ)/∂yf(y;\theta)=\partial F(y;\theta)/\partial yf(y;θ)=∂F(y;θ)/∂y. For a fixed level φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1) the quantile function q(θ)q(\theta)q(θ) solves F(q(θ);θ)=φF(q(\theta);\theta)=\varphiF(q(θ);θ)=φ, and the problem is

min⁡θ∈Θq(θ),\min_{\theta\in\Theta} q(\theta),θ∈Θmin​q(θ),

where the parameter set Θ={θ:hj(θ)≤0, j=1,…,m}\Theta=\{\theta: h_j(\theta)\le0,\ j=1,\dots,m\}Θ={θ:hj​(θ)≤0, j=1,…,m} is compact and convex, with each hjh_jhj​ continuously differentiable and ∇hj≠0\nabla h_j\ne0∇hj​=0 on {hj=0}\{h_j=0\}{hj​=0}. Under smoothness, ∇q(θ)=−∇θF(y;θ)∣y=q(θ)/f(q(θ);θ)\nabla q(\theta)=-\nabla_\theta F(y;\theta)|_{y=q(\theta)}/f(q(\theta);\theta)∇q(θ)=−∇θ​F(y;θ)∣y=q(θ)​/f(q(θ);θ).

Algorithm SPQO keeps a quantile estimate qkq_kqk​, a gradient estimate DkD_kDk​ and the decision θk\theta_kθk​. With step sizes αk,βk,γk\alpha_k,\beta_k,\gamma_kαk​,βk​,γk​, perturbation sizes ckc_kck​, the adaptive perturbation cˉk=ck/max⁡{1,∥Dk∥/d}\bar c_k=c_k/\max\{1,\|D_k\|/\sqrt d\}cˉk​=ck​/max{1,∥Dk​∥/d​} and a random direction Δk∈{±1}d\Delta_k\in\{\pm1\}^dΔk​∈{±1}d with independent uniform signs,

qk+1=qk+γk(φ−I{Y(θk)≤qk}),Dk+1=Dk+βk −I{Y(θk+cˉkΔk)≤qk+cˉkDkTΔk}+I{Y(θk−cˉkΔk)≤qk−cˉkDkTΔk}2cˉkΔk,θk+1=ΠΘ(θk−αkDk),\begin{aligned} q_{k+1}&=q_k+\gamma_k\big(\varphi-I\{Y(\theta_k)\le q_k\}\big),\\ D_{k+1}&=D_k+\beta_k\,\frac{-I\{Y(\theta_k+\bar c_k\Delta_k)\le q_k+\bar c_kD_k^T\Delta_k\}+I\{Y(\theta_k-\bar c_k\Delta_k)\le q_k-\bar c_kD_k^T\Delta_k\}}{2\bar c_k\Delta_k},\\ \theta_{k+1}&=\Pi_\Theta(\theta_k-\alpha_kD_k), \end{aligned}qk+1​Dk+1​θk+1​​=qk​+γk​(φ−I{Y(θk​)≤qk​}),=Dk​+βk​2cˉk​Δk​−I{Y(θk​+cˉk​Δk​)≤qk​+cˉk​DkT​Δk​}+I{Y(θk​−cˉk​Δk​)≤qk​−cˉk​DkT​Δk​}​,=ΠΘ​(θk​−αk​Dk​),​

with division by Δk\Delta_kΔk​ taken componentwise and ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​ the Euclidean projection onto Θ\ThetaΘ. The timescales are separated by αk=o(γk)\alpha_k=o(\gamma_k)αk​=o(γk​) and γk=o(βk)\gamma_k=o(\beta_k)γk​=o(βk​).

The analysis rests on assumptions A1–A3 (local smoothness of FFF and a lower bound on fff near the iterates; Rademacher directions; step-size conditions) and, for rates, B1–B3 (two-sided bounds on fff between qkq_kqk​ and q(θk)q(\theta_k)q(θk​); Lipschitz continuity of fff and ∇θF\nabla_\theta F∇θ​F in yyy; a lower bound ϱ>0\varrho>0ϱ>0 on the smallest eigenvalue of the Hessian H(θ)=∇2q(θ)H(\theta)=\nabla^2q(\theta)H(θ)=∇2q(θ) along the segments [θk,θ∗][\theta_k,\theta^*][θk​,θ∗]). Section 4 uses step sizes αk=a/kα\alpha_k=a/k^\alphaαk​=a/kα, βk=b/kβ\beta_k=b/k^\betaβk​=b/kβ, γk=r/kγ\gamma_k=r/k^\gammaγk​=r/kγ, ck=c/kτc_k=c/k^\tauck​=c/kτ with exponents in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 19)

Under A1–A3 and B1–B3, with the Section 4 step sizes, qqq twice continuously differentiable and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ the unique equilibrium of the projected gradient ODE (25), lying in the interior of Θ\ThetaΘ,

E[∥θk−θ∗∥]=O(αkγk)+O(ck2)+O(βk1/2ck).E\big[\|\theta_k-\theta^*\|\big]=O\Big(\frac{\alpha_k}{\gamma_k}\Big)+O\big(c_k^2\big)+O\Big(\frac{\beta_k^{1/2}}{c_k}\Big).E[∥θk​−θ∗∥]=O(γk​αk​​)+O(ck2​)+O(ck​βk1/2​​).

The constants are left unspecified: the goal asserts the shape of the rate, which is what the paper proves.

Milestones

  1. Display (4): the quantile gradient formula.
  2. Lemma 1: sup⁡kE∥Dk∥2<∞\sup_kE\|D_k\|^2<\inftysupk​E∥Dk​∥2<∞ and sup⁡k∥Dk∥<∞\sup_k\|D_k\|<\inftysupk​∥Dk​∥<∞ almost surely.
  3. Lemma 2: the conditional bias of the simultaneous-perturbation estimator is O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) almost surely and in mean.
  4. Theorem 1 (strictly convex case): θk→θ∗\theta_k\to\theta^*θk​→θ∗ almost surely.
  5. Lemma 3: ∑i=1k[∏j=i+1k(1−a/jp)](a/ip)w(i)=O(k−s)\sum_{i=1}^k\big[\prod_{j=i+1}^k(1-a/j^p)\big](a/i^p)w(i)=O(k^{-s})∑i=1k​[∏j=i+1k​(1−a/jp)](a/ip)w(i)=O(k−s) when w(i)=O(i−s)w(i)=O(i^{-s})w(i)=O(i−s).
  6. Lemma 4: E[(qk−q(θk))2]=O(αk/γk)+O(γk1/2)\sqrt{E[(q_k-q(\theta_k))^2]}=O(\alpha_k/\gamma_k)+O(\gamma_k^{1/2})E[(qk​−q(θk​))2]​=O(αk​/γk​)+O(γk1/2​).
  7. Lemma 5: E∥Dk−∇q(θk)∥2=O(αk/γk)+O(ck2)+O(βk1/2/ck)\sqrt{E\|D_k-\nabla q(\theta_k)\|^2}=O(\alpha_k/\gamma_k)+O(c_k^2)+O(\beta_k^{1/2}/c_k)E∥Dk​−∇q(θk​)∥2​=O(αk​/γk​)+O(ck2​)+O(βk1/2​/ck​).

Significance

The rate (27) makes the trade-off among the three timescales explicit: αk/γk\alpha_k/\gamma_kαk​/γk​ is the cost of tracking a moving quantile, ck2c_k^2ck2​ the bias of the perturbation, and βk1/2/ck\beta_k^{1/2}/c_kβk1/2​/ck​ its noise. Balancing them selects the step-size exponents, and the special cases recover the O(1/k)O(1/\sqrt k)O(1/k​) rate of recursive quantile estimation and Spall's SPSA rate. The intermediate results (moment bounds for a gradient tracker with adaptive perturbation, an O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) bias bound for an indicator-based SPSA estimator, and the weighted-sum estimate of Lemma 3) apply to other multi-timescale stochastic approximation schemes.

The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization would check a rate argument for three coupled recursions, a setting in which hypotheses are easily lost: the paper's own proofs use a bound on ∇θF\nabla_\theta F∇θ​F that A1 does not list, and one step of the proof of Theorem 3 (display (29)) treats a conditional mean as an unconditional one. The statement survives both, as recorded in the formalization notes.

Difficulty

The three recursions are coupled in both directions. The gradient tracker DkD_kDk​ is driven by indicator differences whose perturbation is itself scaled by DkD_kDk​, so the O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) bias holds only once DkD_kDk​ is known to be bounded, and boundedness must be shown with the adaptive cˉk\bar c_kcˉk​. The natural first idea, analyzing each recursion with the slower ones frozen, gives convergence but not rates: the targets q(θk)q(\theta_k)q(θk​) and ∇q(θk)\nabla q(\theta_k)∇q(θk​) move, and the error of each tracker must be bounded in mean square while the tracker it depends on is still converging. The rate also needs the almost-sure convergence of Theorem 1, which is an ODE-method argument for a projected, coupled scheme.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The black box is a family of laws μθ\mu_\thetaμθ​ on R\mathbb RR, defined for every θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd because SPQO samples outside Θ\ThetaΘ. A run lives on a probability space with a general filtration; initial values are deterministic with θ0∈Θ\theta_0\in\Thetaθ0​∈Θ; the sampling model fixes the conditional law of each output given the past (and Δk\Delta_kΔk​), which covers independent sampling and common random numbers. Expectations are Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and the bias of Lemma 2 is an explicit average over the 2d2^d2d sign vectors. O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is the paper's one-sided notion: a constant, depending on the instance and the run but not on kkk, times the rate, for all large kkk.

The following departures from the page are disclosed in every affected statement:

  • D1 the quantile step is projected onto a closed interval I⊇q(Θ)I\supseteq q(\Theta)I⊇q(Θ), the truncation the paper recommends on p. 13; I=RI=\mathbb RI=R is the printed recursion;
  • D2 step sizes use k+1k+1k+1 in place of kkk;
  • D3 A1 bounds the first derivatives of FFF, which the proofs use;
  • D4 only conditional marginal laws of the outputs are imposed;
  • D5 θ0∈Θ\theta_0\in\Thetaθ0​∈Θ;
  • D6 the Section 4 standing assumption (a unique globally asymptotically stable equilibrium θ∗\theta^*θ∗ of the projected ODE (25) in the interior of Θ\ThetaΘ) is stated in its equivalent first-order form: θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is interior and is the only θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ with −∇q(θ)-\nabla q(\theta)−∇q(θ) in the normal cone of Θ\ThetaΘ at θ\thetaθ (the equilibria of (25); qqq is a Lyapunov function for (25), so uniqueness gives global asymptotic stability);
  • D7 joint continuity of fff is required on R×Θ\mathbb R\times\ThetaR×Θ.

B3 is stated as the quadratic-form bound vTH(θ)v≥ϱ∥v∥2v^TH(\theta)v\ge\varrho\|v\|^2vTH(θ)v≥ϱ∥v∥2, equivalent to the eigenvalue bound for the symmetric Hessian. Theorem 1 is formalized only in its strictly convex clause.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Without the truncation of D1 no run satisfies A1(b) or B1, so the untruncated statement would be vacuous. No statement takes a Bochner expectation or conditional expectation of a possibly non-integrable quantity. Gradients and Hessians of qqq are read only where qqq is C2C^2C2. No OOO-constant may depend on kkk.

A complete development needs stochastic approximation tools that Mathlib lacks: Robbins–Siegmund-type supermartingale convergence, the ODE method for projected recursions, and second-moment recursions for coupled trackers. These are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome for any milestone, and Lemma 3 is pure real analysis.

Selected references

  • J. Hu, M. Song, M. C. Fu, Quantile Optimization via Multiple Timescale Local Search for Black-box Functions, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2308.07607v1, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2308.07607
  • J. C. Spall, Multivariate stochastic approximation using a simultaneous perturbation gradient approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(3):332–341, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.119632
  • M. C. Fu, L. J. Hong, J.-Q. Hu, Conditional Monte Carlo estimation of quantile sensitivities, Management Science 55(12):2019–2027, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1090.1090
  • J. Hu, Y. Peng, G. Zhang, Q. Zhang, A stochastic approximation method for simulation-based quantile optimization, INFORMS Journal on Computing 34(6):2889–2907, 2022.
  • A. I. Kibzun, E. Matveev, Optimization of the quantile criterion for the convex loss function by a stochastic quasi-gradient algorithm, Annals of Operations Research 200(1):183–198, 2012.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Telehealth in Acute Care: Pay Parity and Patient Access: Under Pay Parity, for Duplicate-Visit Probability q in (q†, q*), Telehealth Maximizes Provider Revenue but Office-Only Maximizes AccessResearch Paper

Motivation

During the COVID-19 pandemic most U.S. payers began reimbursing a telehealth consultation at the same rate as the corresponding office visit, a policy called pay parity. Many states have since made it permanent, on the stated ground that it improves patients' access to care. In acute care (primary and urgent care) a telehealth visit sometimes cannot resolve the problem and the patient must also come to the office: a duplicate visit. Duplicate visits are paid as well, and they consume office capacity.

Çakıcı and Mills (MSOM 2024; this mission follows the SSRN working-paper version of August 19, 2024) model a provider who splits capacity between an office and a telehealth channel, and patients who choose a channel strategically. Their main finding for the setting in which demand exceeds capacity is that pay parity can make the provider's revenue-maximizing choice and the access-maximizing choice disagree: for a moderate duplicate-visit probability the provider prefers telehealth while patients are better served by an office-only practice. This mission formalizes that result and the equilibrium analysis on which it rests.

Setting

A provider serves at total rate μ\muμ and devotes the fraction θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] of its capacity, the telehealth commitment, to telehealth. Episodes of care arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ. Each patient balks (value 000), visits the office, or uses telehealth; a telehealth visit needs a duplicate office visit with probability qqq. A resolved episode is worth VVV; waiting costs hhh per unit of sojourn time; the co-payments are cOc_OcO​ and cTc_TcT​; an office visit costs an extra inconvenience τ\tauτ. With πO,πT\pi^O,\pi^TπO,πT the proportions choosing the office and telehealth, the expected sojourn times are

WO=1(1−θ)μ−(πO+qπT)λ,WT=1θμ−πTλ,W^O=\frac{1}{(1-\theta)\mu-(\pi^O+q\pi^T)\lambda},\qquad W^T=\frac{1}{\theta\mu-\pi^T\lambda},WO=(1−θ)μ−(πO+qπT)λ1​,WT=θμ−πTλ1​,

and the expected utilities are V−cO−τ−hWOV-c_O-\tau-hW^OV−cO​−τ−hWO (office) and V−cT−hWT−q(cO+τ+hWO)V-c_T-hW^T-q(c_O+\tau+hW^O)V−cT​−hWT−q(cO​+τ+hWO) (telehealth). A patient equilibrium is a split (πB,πO,πT)(\pi^B,\pi^O,\pi^T)(πB,πO,πT) in which every action used is a best response.

The paper assumes V>h/μ+cO+τV>h/\mu+c_O+\tauV>h/μ+cO​+τ, cT<cO+τc_T<c_O+\taucT​<cO​+τ, and, with κ(q)=h/μV−cT−q(cO+τ)\kappa(q)=\frac{h/\mu}{V-c_T-q(c_O+\tau)}κ(q)=V−cT​−q(cO​+τ)h/μ​, that 0<κ(q)≤1/(1+q)20<\kappa(q)\le 1/(1+\sqrt q)^20<κ(q)≤1/(1+q​)2. In the large-market setting some patients balk at every θ\thetaθ. There the equilibrium is of one of four types, by region of θ\thetaθ: balk/office on [0,θT][0,\theta^T][0,θT], balk/office/telehealth on (θT,θO)(\theta^T,\theta^O)(θT,θO), balk/telehealth on [θO,θˉ)[\theta^O,\bar\theta)[θO,θˉ), all-balk on [θˉ,1][\bar\theta,1][θˉ,1], with explicit thresholds θT,θO,θˉ\theta^T,\theta^O,\bar\thetaθT,θO,θˉ and explicit proportions πO(θ),πT(θ)\pi^O(\theta),\pi^T(\theta)πO(θ),πT(θ). The patient access rate and the provider's revenue rate under telehealth reimbursement rrr (office revenue RRR) are

A(θ)=(πO(θ)+πT(θ))λ,F(r,θ)=(RπO(θ)+(r+Rq)πT(θ))λ.A(\theta)=\bigl(\pi^O(\theta)+\pi^T(\theta)\bigr)\lambda,\qquad F(r,\theta)=\bigl(R\pi^O(\theta)+(r+Rq)\pi^T(\theta)\bigr)\lambda .A(θ)=(πO(θ)+πT(θ))λ,F(r,θ)=(RπO(θ)+(r+Rq)πT(θ))λ.

The commitment that maximizes telehealth usage in the balk/telehealth region is θ∗=(1−κ(q)(1−q)q)/(1+q)\theta^*=\bigl(1-\kappa(q)(1-q)\sqrt q\bigr)/(1+q)θ∗=(1−κ(q)(1−q)q​)/(1+q).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 with the thresholds of Proposition 3

Fix all parameters except θ\thetaθ and qqq, with R>0R>0R>0. There are thresholds 0<q†<q∗<10<q^\dagger<q^*<10<q†<q∗<1 such that, for every admissible qqq, pay-parity revenue F(R,⋅)F(R,\cdot)F(R,⋅) is maximized over [0,1][0,1][0,1] at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ when q<q∗q<q^*q<q∗ and at 000 when q>q∗q>q^*q>q∗; access AAA is maximized at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ when q<q†q<q^\daggerq<q† and at 000 when q>q†q>q^\daggerq>q†; and for q†<q<q∗q^\dagger<q<q^*q†<q<q∗

A(θ∗)<A(0)andF(R,0)<F(R,θ∗).A(\theta^*)<A(0)\qquad\text{and}\qquad F(R,0)<F(R,\theta^*).A(θ∗)<A(0)andF(R,0)<F(R,θ∗).

The thresholds are existential; no closed form is fixed, so the statement survives any later computation of them.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 2 (order of θT,θO\theta^T,\theta^OθT,θO); Theorems 1–3 (where each equilibrium type occurs) and Lemma 3 (θˉ<1\bar\theta<1θˉ<1); Theorem 4 (shape of FFF in θ\thetaθ); Corollaries 1–2 (the maximizers of FFF and AAA are 000 or θ∗\theta^*θ∗); Proposition 3 (the two thresholds). Two further items are not milestones: the uniqueness of the large-market equilibrium proportions, and Proposition 5 (the reimbursement r~=R(1−q)\tilde r=R(1-q)r~=R(1−q) aligns the two objectives).

Significance

The result is the paper's argument against pay parity in acute care: when duplicate visits are neither rare nor frequent, paying telehealth at parity induces the provider to adopt it although fewer patients are then seen. Proposition 5 shows the misalignment disappears under the less-than-parity reimbursement R(1−q)R(1-q)R(1−q), which pays the same per patient seen through either channel. The thresholds q∗q^*q∗ and q†q^\daggerq† are what turn this into a policy statement about measurable duplicate-visit rates.

The paper proves these results by hand. None of them has a machine-checked proof, and nothing about strategic channel choice with duplicate service exists on Prove2Me. Formalizing them checks a case analysis with four regions, two square-root closed forms and an intermediate-value argument in qqq. The formalization has already exposed two places where the printed statements need a hypothesis (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

Each step is elementary; the difficulty is bookkeeping. The equilibrium characterization requires solving the indifference conditions in each region and choosing the root of a quadratic that gives stable queues. The shape results require continuity of AAA and FFF across region boundaries and concavity of a function of the form cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2c\theta-\sqrt{\kappa^2+(a-b\theta)^2}cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2​. The obvious comparison of the closed-form values at 000 and at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ does not suffice on its own: the closed-form value at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is the revenue only when θ∗\theta^*θ∗ lies in the balk/telehealth region, which fails for some admissible parameters. Whether that failure matters for the maximization is the central question.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued closed forms in the namespace TelehealthParity.Access. The definition Setting holds the parameters (the arrival rate is lam, since λ is a Lean keyword), κ,θT,θO,θˉ,θ∗\kappa,\theta^T,\theta^O,\bar\theta,\theta^*κ,θT,θO,θˉ,θ∗, the region-wise proportions, AAA, FFF, the large-market condition and the predicate Admissible p q. The definition Equilibrium holds the sojourn times, utilities and the equilibrium predicate. Conventions:

  • Lemma 1 (the sojourn times) is adopted as the model, as in the paper; no queueing theory is formalized.
  • A channel whose queue is unstable is unavailable: it cannot be used and constrains nothing. This is how the paper discards the unstable root in the balk/telehealth region.
  • "Large market" (stated verbally on p. 12) is encoded as A(θ)<λA(\theta)<\lambdaA(θ)<λ for all θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1].
  • Admissible p q collects 0<q<10<q<10<q<1, assumption (6), Lemma 2's ordering condition, the large market, and (1−q)V−cT>0(1-q)V-c_T>0(1−q)V−cT​>0. The last is not printed; the proof of Lemma 2 presumes it, and Lemma 2 fails without it.
  • R>0R>0R>0 is added where strictness needs it: Theorem 4, the goal, and Proposition 5. The paper allows R≥0R\ge0R≥0.
  • Corollary 1 carries the added hypothesis "r≤Rr\le Rr≤R or θO≤θ∗\theta^O\le\theta^*θO≤θ∗". As printed, for every r>0r>0r>0, it is false for some r>Rr>Rr>R, where the maximizer is θO\theta^OθO.
  • "Maximized at" is IsMaxOn over [0,1][0,1][0,1]; "linear" is affine.

Excluded trivializations. AAA, FFF and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ are closed forms, not suprema or argmaxes. The goal states the strict misalignment and the full threshold characterization, not a comparison with one point. A sorry-free sanity check shows that the hypotheses hold on an admissible instance in the misaligned range (V=4V=4V=4, cT=cO=τ=1c_T=c_O=\tau=1cT​=cO​=τ=1, h=1/2h=1/2h=1/2, μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λ=2\lambda=2λ=2, q=1/25q=1/25q=1/25).

Welcome contributions are proofs of any milestone. The real-analysis lemmas (concavity of cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2c\theta-\sqrt{\kappa^2+(a-b\theta)^2}cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2​, maximization of piecewise functions that are continuous across region boundaries) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Ö. E. Çakıcı and A. F. Mills, Telehealth in Acute Care: Pay Parity and Patient Access, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.0345 (SSRN working paper, version of August 19, 2024, followed here).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Managing Resources for Shared Micromobility: Approximate Optimality in Large-Scale Systems: The Transient-Horizon Mean-Field Policy Has Optimality Gap at Most γCγᵀ/(1 − γ)Research Paper

Rebalancing shared vehicles at scale

Shared bike and scooter systems (micromobility) must decide, every period, how to move vehicles between stations, which depleted vehicles to recharge, and how many vehicles to source from or return to a central warehouse. Customer trips redistribute the fleet in the meantime, and some vehicles come back with a depleted battery. For a realistic network, the exact Markov decision process has a state space that grows exponentially in the number of stations, so its optimal policy cannot be computed.

Akturk, Candogan and Gupta (Management Science, 2022; preprint SSRN 4155841) group stations into finitely many types and replace the stochastic network by a deterministic mean-field model that tracks, for each type, the fraction of stations holding each number of charged vehicles and the scaled stock of depleted vehicles. They show that the mean-field model is asymptotically exact as the number of stations grows (their Theorem 3.4), and they propose a control algorithm for it whose optimality gap they bound explicitly (their Theorem 4.2). This mission formalizes the second result.

The compact mean-field model

There are e^\hat ee^ station types, with nen_ene​ stations of type eee and n=∑enen = \sum_e n_en=∑e​ne​ in total. A customer leaving a type-e′e'e′ station returns the vehicle at a type-eee station with probability pe′,e=newe′,e/∑e2we′,e2ne2p_{e',e} = n_e w_{e',e}/\sum_{e_2} w_{e',e_2} n_{e_2}pe′,e​=ne​we′,e​/∑e2​​we′,e2​​ne2​​. Demand at a type-eee station has a law DeD^eDe on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ with finite mean and variance; a returned vehicle is still charged with probability qqq, and costs are discounted by γ∈[0,1)\gamma \in [0, 1)γ∈[0,1).

The extended types are 000 (the warehouse), 1,…,e^1, \dots, \hat e1,…,e^ (charged vehicles of each type) and e^+1,…,2e^\hat e + 1, \dots, 2\hat ee^+1,…,2e^ (the depleted stock of each type). Moving one vehicle from extended type e1e_1e1​ to e2e_2e2​ costs ce1,e2c_{e_1,e_2}ce1​,e2​​, with ce1,e2≥ce1,e1/2+ce2,e2/2c_{e_1,e_2} \ge c_{e_1,e_1}/2 + c_{e_2,e_2}/2ce1​,e2​​≥ce1​,e1​​/2+ce2​,e2​​/2.

An action a^∈A^\hat a \in \hat Aa^∈A^ is a post-rebalancing distribution: fractions a^e,d≥0\hat a_{e,d} \ge 0a^e,d​≥0 of stations of type eee holding ddd vehicles, supported on {Le,…,Ue}\{L^e, \dots, U^e\}{Le,…,Ue} and summing to ne/nn_e/nne​/n, and a scaled depleted stock a^e,r∈[Lr,e,Ur,e]\hat a_{e,r} \in [L^{r,e}, U^{r,e}]a^e,r​∈[Lr,e,Ur,e]. A state x˘∈X˘\breve x \in \breve Xx˘∈X˘ records the fractions x˘e,d\breve x_{e,d}x˘e,d​ for d≤Ued \le U^ed≤Ue, the depleted stock x˘e,r\breve x_{e,r}x˘e,r​, and two aggregates x˘e,s,x˘e,u\breve x_{e,s}, \breve x_{e,u}x˘e,s​,x˘e,u​ of the vehicles above UeU^eUe, within the bounds of the paper's Appendix F.

The next state x˘′(a^)\breve x'(\hat a)x˘′(a^) depends on the action only, through the transitions (F.1)–(F.5): demand removes min⁡(b,De)\min(b, D^e)min(b,De) vehicles from a station holding bbb, and an independent Poisson number R^e\hat R^eR^e of charged vehicles arrives, with a rate (3.2) that is linear in the action's expected trips. Each period costs c^2(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) + \hat N(\hat a)c^2​(x˘,a^)+N^(a^), where

  • c^2\hat c_2c^2​ (F.6) is a truncated Wasserstein term plus nnn times the optimal value of a min-cost-flow problem between the extended types;
  • N^\hat NN^ (3.4) is the expected holding and shortage cost.

The value function V^(x˘)\hat V(\breve x)V^(x˘) is the infimum over action sequences in A^\hat AA^ of ∑k≥0γk(c^2(x˘k,ak)+N^(ak))\sum_{k \ge 0}\gamma^k(\hat c_2(\breve x^k, a_k) + \hat N(a_k))∑k≥0​γk(c^2​(x˘k,ak​)+N^(ak​)), where x˘0=x˘\breve x^0 = \breve xx˘0=x˘ and x˘k+1=x˘′(ak)\breve x^{k+1} = \breve x'(a_k)x˘k+1=x˘′(ak​).

The algorithm. Given x˘\breve xx˘ and a transient horizon T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, solve the finite program (4.1): choose a~0,…,a~T∈A^\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^T \in \hat Aa~0,…,a~T∈A^ to minimize

∑k=0T−1γk(c^2(x˘k,a~k)+N^(a~k))+γTc^2(x˘T,a~T)+γT1−γ(γc^2(x˘T+1,a~T)+N^(a~T)),\sum_{k=0}^{T-1}\gamma^k\big(\hat c_2(\breve x^k, \tilde a^k) + \hat N(\tilde a^k)\big) + \gamma^T\hat c_2(\breve x^T, \tilde a^T) + \frac{\gamma^T}{1-\gamma}\big(\gamma\hat c_2(\breve x^{T+1}, \tilde a^T) + \hat N(\tilde a^T)\big),k=0∑T−1​γk(c^2​(x˘k,a~k)+N^(a~k))+γTc^2​(x˘T,a~T)+1−γγT​(γc^2​(x˘T+1,a~T)+N^(a~T)),

then play a~0,…,a~T−1\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^{T-1}a~0,…,a~T−1 and repeat a~T\tilde a^Ta~T forever ((4.2)–(4.3)). Call this policy π~\tilde\piπ~ and its discounted cost V^π~(x˘)\hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x)V^π~​(x˘).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For every T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, every x˘∈X˘\breve x \in \breve Xx˘∈X˘ and every minimizer of (4.1),

V^π~(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤γ1−γ C γT,and, if q=0,V^π~(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤C γT,\hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x) - \hat V(\breve x) \le \frac{\gamma}{1-\gamma}\,C\,\gamma^T, \qquad\text{and, if } q = 0,\qquad \hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x) - \hat V(\breve x) \le C\,\gamma^T,V^π~​(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤1−γγ​CγT,and, if q=0,V^π~​(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤CγT,

where

C=2∑e=1e^(nemax⁡(c0,e,ce,0)(Ue−Le)+nmax⁡(c0,e^+e,ce^+e,0)(Ur,e−Lr,e)).C = 2\sum_{e=1}^{\hat e}\Big(n_e\max(c_{0,e}, c_{e,0})(U^e - L^e) + n\max(c_{0,\hat e+e}, c_{\hat e+e,0})(U^{r,e} - L^{r,e})\Big).C=2e=1∑e^​(ne​max(c0,e​,ce,0​)(Ue−Le)+nmax(c0,e^+e​,ce^+e,0​)(Ur,e−Lr,e)).

Milestones

  1. (3.6): V^\hat VV^ satisfies the Bellman equation V^(x˘)=min⁡a^∈A^c^2(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)+γV^(x˘′(a^))\hat V(\breve x) = \min_{\hat a \in \hat A}\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) + \hat N(\hat a) + \gamma\hat V(\breve x'(\hat a))V^(x˘)=mina^∈A^​c^2​(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)+γV^(x˘′(a^)) on X˘\breve XX˘, with the minimum attained.
  2. §4.1, p. 26: the cost of π~\tilde\piπ~ equals the optimal value of (4.1).
  3. Lemma H.7: c^2(x˘,a^)≤c^2(x˘,z^)+c^2(z^,a^)\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) \le \hat c_2(\breve x, \hat z) + \hat c_2(\hat z, \hat a)c^2​(x˘,a^)≤c^2​(x˘,z^)+c^2​(z^,a^), an action read as a state.
  4. Lemma H.9: c^2(a^1,a^2)≤C/2\hat c_2(\hat a^1, \hat a^2) \le C/2c^2​(a^1,a^2)≤C/2 for all a^1,a^2∈A^\hat a^1, \hat a^2 \in \hat Aa^1,a^2∈A^.
  5. Lemma H.8: under the triangle inequality, there is an optimal policy with π^∗(π^∗(x˘))=π^∗(x˘)\hat\pi^*(\hat\pi^*(\breve x)) = \hat\pi^*(\breve x)π^∗(π^∗(x˘))=π^∗(x˘).
  6. Proposition H.3: for q=0q = 0q=0, the dynamic program has a fixed point x˘f=x˘′(a^f)\breve x^f = \breve x'(\hat a^f)x˘f=x˘′(a^f) with a^f\hat a^fa^f optimal at x˘f\breve x^fx˘f (Definition H.1).

Significance

Theorem 4.2 makes the algorithm a certified approximation scheme. It turns an infinite-horizon problem into a finite program of T+1T + 1T+1 actions, and the loss from doing so decays geometrically in TTT, uniformly over the initial state, with a constant that depends only on the rebalancing costs and the action bounds. For q=0q = 0q=0 the transitions are affine, the program (4.1) becomes a linear program (the paper's Appendix G), and the sharper bound CγTC\gamma^TCγT applies.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix H), but not formalized anywhere. A formal proof combines a triangle inequality for an LP-valued cost, a dynamic-programming principle with attainment on a compact action set, and a fixed-point argument for a convex deterministic dynamic program. The paper has several small printed slips on this path (for example, Proposition H.10 states the q=0q = 0q=0 constant without the factor 222 that its proof produces); the formal statements fix the corrected reading.

Difficulty

The bound is not a truncation estimate. Cutting the discounted sum at TTT gives a gap proportional to the per-period cost, not to CCC. The comparison has to be made against an optimal action sequence, whose first T+1T + 1T+1 actions are feasible for (4.1). After period TTT, the optimal sequence and π~\tilde\piπ~ diverge, and the cost of that divergence must be controlled by the cost of moving between two actions, which requires:

  • the triangle inequality for c^2\hat c_2c^2​, whose flow component is the value of a linear program, not a closed form;
  • the fact that, once rebalanced to an optimal action, staying there is optimal (Lemma H.8);
  • the bound of Lemma H.9 on the cost between any two feasible actions.

The q=0q = 0q=0 bound needs, in addition, a steady state of the controlled system (Proposition H.3), which rests on a fixed-point theorem for convex deterministic dynamic programs (Flynn 1979). The Bellman equation itself is not free: with V^\hat VV^ defined as an infimum over sequences, attainment of the minimum needs continuity of c^2\hat c_2c^2​, N^\hat NN^, the transition and V^\hat VV^ on the compact action set.

Formalization scope

Types are Fin ê (0-based) and the extended types are Fin (2ê+1) with chg e and dep e for the paper's eee and e^+e\hat e + ee^+e. Level vectors are functions N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R that vanish outside their support. P[b−min⁡(b,De)+R^e=d]\mathbb P[b - \min(b, D^e) + \hat R^e = d]P[b−min(b,De)+R^e=d] is the convolution of the demand law with the Poisson law, so DeD^eDe and R^e\hat R^eR^e are independent, as the paper presupposes. V^\hat VV^ is the infimum over the subtype of A^\hat AA^-valued sequences (p. 18 and Proposition F.3), and (3.6) is posed as a milestone rather than used as a definition. X˘\breve XX˘ is formalized as printed on p. A-22. The policy cost is the discounted cost of a~0,…,a~T−1,a~T,a~T,…\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^{T-1}, \tilde a^T, \tilde a^T, \dotsa~0,…,a~T−1,a~T,a~T,…, where a~\tilde aa~ is a hypothesis-given minimizer of (4.1). Everything is time-homogeneous and stated at t=0t = 0t=0.

Standing assumptions, as one predicate on the model: 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1, 0≤q≤10 \le q \le 10≤q≤1, ne≥1n_e \ge 1ne​≥1, w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 with positive normalizers, Le≤UeL^e \le U^eLe≤Ue, 0≤Lr,e≤Ur,e0 \le L^{r,e} \le U^{r,e}0≤Lr,e≤Ur,e, finite second moments of DeD^eDe, the cost assumption ce1,e2≥ce1,e1/2+ce2,e2/2c_{e_1,e_2} \ge c_{e_1,e_1}/2 + c_{e_2,e_2}/2ce1​,e2​​≥ce1​,e1​​/2+ce2​,e2​​/2, c0,0=0c_{0,0} = 0c0,0​=0, ce^+e,e^+e=0c_{\hat e+e,\hat e+e} = 0ce^+e,e^+e​=0. Two additions are disclosed: γ≥0\gamma \ge 0γ≥0, and ce1,e2≥0c_{e_1,e_2} \ge 0ce1​,e2​​≥0, without which Lemma H.9 and the goal fail (the right-hand side could be negative).

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: V^\hat VV^ ranges only over A^\hat AA^-valued sequences, the policy is tied to a minimizer of (4.1) and to no other objective, the flow value is an infimum over a nonempty set bounded below (warehouse routing is always feasible), and CCC uses c0,ec_{0,e}c0,e​, ce,0c_{e,0}ce,0​, c0,e^+ec_{0,\hat e+e}c0,e^+e​, ce^+e,0c_{\hat e+e,0}ce^+e,0​ with the paper's indexing and the factor 222.

Two general objects are separate definitions on which the model is built: a discounted deterministic dynamic program (trajectory, discounted cost, value as an infimum over admissible action sequences) and the uncapacitated transshipment LP on a complete digraph with free nodes. Both are reusable beyond this mission. A complete development further needs Poisson tail sums, subadditivity of the flow value, compactness of A^\hat AA^, a dynamic-programming principle and a fixed-point theorem for convex deterministic programs. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the q=0q = 0q=0 fixed point, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Akturk, O. Candogan, V. Gupta, Managing Resources for Shared Micromobility: Approximate Optimality in Large-Scale Systems, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.02023 (read as SSRN 4155841, version of 2024-05-22: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4155841)
  • J. Flynn, Steady state policies for deterministic dynamic programs, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 37(1):128–147, 1979 (as cited in the paper's appendix references).
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Structural Estimation of Markov Decision Processes in High-Dimensional State Space with Finite-Time Guarantees: Single-Loop ML-IRL Policy and Reward Iterates Converge at Explicit Finite-Time RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Structural estimation of Markov decision processes recovers the parameters of an agent's reward from observed behavior, under the hypothesis that the agent acts optimally in a known dynamic environment. In econometrics this is the dynamic discrete choice model of Rust (Rust 1987); in artificial intelligence it is maximum-likelihood inverse reinforcement learning (ML-IRL). With Gumbel-distributed choice shocks the two coincide: the agent behaves like the optimal policy of an entropy-regularized MDP, and the reward parameter is estimated by maximizing the likelihood of the observed trajectories.

The classical estimators are nested: every evaluation of the likelihood solves the inner dynamic program to optimality (Rust's nested fixed-point algorithm), which is expensive when the state space is large. Zeng, Hong and Garcia (arXiv:2210.01282, Operations Research 2025) replace the nested loop by a single loop that alternates one approximate soft policy-iteration step with one stochastic gradient step on the reward parameter, and prove a finite-time guarantee for it. That guarantee, Theorem 1 of the paper, is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA be finite nonempty sets of states and actions, P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a) a transition kernel, ρ\rhoρ an initial distribution on S\mathcal SS and γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1) a discount factor. The reward r(s,a;θ)r(s,a;\theta)r(s,a;θ) depends on a parameter θ∈Rp\theta\in\mathbb R^pθ∈Rp. A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s) is a distribution over actions at each state, with entropy H(π(⋅∣s))=−∑aπ(a∣s)log⁡π(a∣s)\mathcal H(\pi(\cdot\mid s))=-\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\log\pi(a\mid s)H(π(⋅∣s))=−∑a​π(a∣s)logπ(a∣s).

The soft Q-function of a pair (θ,π)(\theta,\pi)(θ,π) is Q(s,a)=r(s,a;θ)+γ Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)[V(s′)]Q(s,a)=r(s,a;\theta)+\gamma\,\mathbb E_{s'\sim P(\cdot\mid s,a)}[V(s')]Q(s,a)=r(s,a;θ)+γEs′∼P(⋅∣s,a)​[V(s′)], where V(s)V(s)V(s) is the expected discounted sum of r(st,at;θ)+H(π(⋅∣st))r(s_t,a_t;\theta)+\mathcal H(\pi(\cdot\mid s_t))r(st​,at​;θ)+H(π(⋅∣st​)) along the trajectory of π\piπ from sss. The soft-optimal Q-function QθQ_\thetaQθ​ is the fixed point of the soft-Bellman operator ΛθQ(s,a)=r(s,a;θ)+γ∑s′P(s′∣s,a)log⁡∑beQ(s′,b)\Lambda_\theta Q(s,a)=r(s,a;\theta)+\gamma\sum_{s'}P(s'\mid s,a)\log\sum_b e^{Q(s',b)}Λθ​Q(s,a)=r(s,a;θ)+γ∑s′​P(s′∣s,a)log∑b​eQ(s′,b); the soft-optimal policy is πθ(a∣s)∝eQθ(s,a)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)\propto e^{Q_\theta(s,a)}πθ​(a∣s)∝eQθ​(s,a) and Vθ(s)=log⁡∑aeQθ(s,a)V_\theta(s)=\log\sum_a e^{Q_\theta(s,a)}Vθ​(s)=log∑a​eQθ​(s,a).

Given a finite dataset D\mathcal DD of expert trajectories, the surrogate likelihood is

L^(θ;D)=Eτ∼D[∑t≥0γtr(st,at;θ)]−Es0∼ρ[Vθ(s0)].\widehat L(\theta;\mathcal D)=\mathbb E_{\tau\sim\mathcal D}\Big[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tr(s_t,a_t;\theta)\Big]-\mathbb E_{s_0\sim\rho}[V_\theta(s_0)].L(θ;D)=Eτ∼D​[t≥0∑​γtr(st​,at​;θ)]−Es0​∼ρ​[Vθ​(s0​)].

Algorithm 1 (ML-IRL). Starting from (θ0,π0)(\theta_0,\pi_0)(θ0​,π0​) and for k=0,…,K−1k=0,\dots,K-1k=0,…,K−1: estimate the soft Q-function QkQ_kQk​ of (θk,πk)(\theta_k,\pi_k)(θk​,πk​) by Q^k\widehat Q_kQ​k​ with ∥Q^k−Qk∥∞≤ε\|\widehat Q_k-Q_k\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥Q​k​−Qk​∥∞​≤ε; set πk+1(a∣s)∝eQ^k(s,a)\pi_{k+1}(a\mid s)\propto e^{\widehat Q_k(s,a)}πk+1​(a∣s)∝eQ​k​(s,a); sample an expert trajectory τkE\tau^E_kτkE​ from D\mathcal DD and an agent trajectory τkA\tau^A_kτkA​ from πk+1\pi_{k+1}πk+1​; set θk+1=θk+α(h(θk;τkE)−h(θk;τkA))\theta_{k+1}=\theta_k+\alpha\big(h(\theta_k;\tau^E_k)-h(\theta_k;\tau^A_k)\big)θk+1​=θk​+α(h(θk​;τkE​)−h(θk​;τkA​)) with h(θ;τ)=∑tγt∇θr(st,at;θ)h(\theta;\tau)=\sum_t\gamma^t\nabla_\theta r(s_t,a_t;\theta)h(θ;τ)=∑t​γt∇θ​r(st​,at​;θ).

The assumptions are: (1) 0≤r≤Cr0\le r\le C_r0≤r≤Cr​; (2) under every policy the state chain mixes geometrically in total variation; (3) ∥∇θr∥≤Lr\|\nabla_\theta r\|\le L_r∥∇θ​r∥≤Lr​ and ∇θr\nabla_\theta r∇θ​r is LgL_gLg​-Lipschitz in θ\thetaθ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1, explicit form

Write Lq=Lr/(1−γ)L_q=L_r/(1-\gamma)Lq​=Lr​/(1−γ), Lc=2LqLrCd∣S∣∣A∣/(1−γ)+2Lg/(1−γ)L_c=2L_qL_rC_d\sqrt{|\mathcal S||\mathcal A|}/(1-\gamma)+2L_g/(1-\gamma)Lc​=2Lq​Lr​Cd​∣S∣∣A∣​/(1−γ)+2Lg​/(1−γ), C1=4CdLq2∣S∣∣A∣C_1=4C_dL_q^2\sqrt{|\mathcal S||\mathcal A|}C1​=4Cd​Lq2​∣S∣∣A∣​, C0=∥Q0−Qθ0∥∞C_0=\|Q_0-Q_{\theta_0}\|_\inftyC0​=∥Q0​−Qθ0​​∥∞​ and

B=C0K(1−γ)+2γε(1−γ)2+4Lq21−γα.B=\frac{C_0}{K(1-\gamma)}+\frac{2\gamma\varepsilon}{(1-\gamma)^2}+\frac{4L_q^2}{1-\gamma}\alpha .B=K(1−γ)C0​​+(1−γ)22γε​+1−γ4Lq2​​α.

There is Cd>0C_d>0Cd​>0 depending only on (P,ρ,γ)(P,\rho,\gamma)(P,ρ,γ) such that every run with K≥1K\ge1K≥1 and α=α0/Kσ\alpha=\alpha_0/K^\sigmaα=α0​/Kσ, α0>0\alpha_0>0α0​>0, σ∈(0,1)\sigma\in(0,1)σ∈(0,1), satisfies, for every realization,

1K∑k=0K−1∥log⁡πk+1−log⁡πθk∥∞≤2ε+2B,\frac1K\sum_{k=0}^{K-1}\|\log\pi_{k+1}-\log\pi_{\theta_k}\|_\infty\le2\varepsilon+2B,K1​k=0∑K−1​∥logπk+1​−logπθk​​∥∞​≤2ε+2B,

and in expectation

1K∑k=0K−1E∥∇θL^(θk;D)∥2≤2LcLq2α+C1(B+ε)+E[L^(θK;D)−L^(θ0;D)]Kα.\frac1K\sum_{k=0}^{K-1}\mathbb E\|\nabla_\theta\widehat L(\theta_k;\mathcal D)\|^2\le2L_cL_q^2\alpha+C_1(B+\varepsilon)+\frac{\mathbb E[\widehat L(\theta_K;\mathcal D)-\widehat L(\theta_0;\mathcal D)]}{K\alpha}.K1​k=0∑K−1​E∥∇θ​L(θk​;D)∥2≤2Lc​Lq2​α+C1​(B+ε)+KαE[L(θK​;D)−L(θ0​;D)]​.

The printed Theorem 1 states only the rates O(K−1)+O(K−σ)+O(ε)O(K^{-1})+O(K^{-\sigma})+O(\varepsilon)O(K−1)+O(K−σ)+O(ε) and O(K−σ)+O(K−1+σ)+O(K−1)+O(ε)O(K^{-\sigma})+O(K^{-1+\sigma})+O(K^{-1})+O(\varepsilon)O(K−σ)+O(K−1+σ)+O(K−1)+O(ε); the goal is the explicit pair of inequalities its proof derives, from which those rates follow because L^\widehat LL is bounded.

Milestones

Lemma 2 (the gradient of L^\widehat LL), Lemma 5 (Lipschitz visitation measures), Lemma 3 (Lipschitz QθQ_\thetaQθ​ and smooth L^\widehat LL), Lemma 6 and Lemma 7 (approximate soft policy iteration), and the proof's displays (35), (40), (41), the averaged tracking bound after (44) and the averaged gradient bound on p. 24. The bias bound (48) is a further item of the mission without being a milestone.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 is a finite-time guarantee for a single-loop structural estimator: with σ=1/2\sigma=1/2σ=1/2 both the policy-tracking error and the squared gradient of the surrogate likelihood decay as O(K−1/2)+O(ε)O(K^{-1/2})+O(\varepsilon)O(K−1/2)+O(ε). It shows that the inner dynamic program need not be solved to optimality at each likelihood evaluation, and it quantifies the price of approximate policy evaluation through ε\varepsilonε. The paper reports it as the first finite-time result for an algorithm for either the dynamic discrete choice problem or ML-IRL.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no part of it is machine-checked. A complete development would put on the platform an entropy-regularized MDP layer (soft values, the soft-Bellman fixed point, the soft-optimal policy), its Lipschitz dependence on a reward parameter, the gradient of a soft-optimal value through its fixed point, and a two-timescale analysis with a biased stochastic gradient. Each of these is reusable by later soft-RL, IRL and structural-estimation formalizations.

Difficulty

Neither iterate converges on its own. The policy πk+1\pi_{k+1}πk+1​ chases a target πθk\pi_{\theta_k}πθk​​ that moves whenever θ\thetaθ moves, so the standard linear convergence of soft policy iteration for a fixed reward does not apply directly. The stochastic gradient gkg_kgk​ samples from πk+1\pi_{k+1}πk+1​ rather than from πθk\pi_{\theta_k}πθk​​, so it is biased, and the standard analysis of unbiased stochastic gradient ascent does not apply either. The analysis must show that the tracking error contracts faster than the reward drifts, and bound the bias by the tracking error through the dependence of the state-action visitation measure on the policy. The gradient formula itself requires differentiating a soft-optimal value through a fixed point.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works with finite S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA (both nonempty), policies as functions S→A→R\mathcal S\to\mathcal A\to\mathbb RS→A→R, θ∈\theta\inθ∈ EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), and discounted expectations as tsums over the occupation distribution of the published FoundationsML.ReinforcementLearning layer. ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is the maximum over (s,a)(s,a)(s,a); Lemma 5's ∥w−w′∥\|w-w'\|∥w−w′∥ is the Frobenius norm; total variation is half the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance. QθQ_\thetaQθ​ is chosen by Classical.epsilon among fixed points of Λθ\Lambda_\thetaΛθ​, which exist and are unique because Λθ\Lambda_\thetaΛθ​ is a γ\gammaγ-contraction.

Disclosed deviations from the page: Assumption 3 is a hypothesis of the goal (Theorem 1 prints "Assumptions 1 - 2" but its proof uses Assumption 3); S\mathcal SS is finite, as the proof's ∣S∣∣A∣\sqrt{|\mathcal S||\mathcal A|}∣S∣∣A∣​ requires, although the title speaks of high-dimensional state spaces; Assumption 3 includes differentiability of rrr, which the page uses implicitly; ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0 (the page writes ϵapp>0\epsilon_{\rm app}>0ϵapp​>0); Assumption 2 is stated as the mixing bound the paper derives from irreducibility and aperiodicity; and Algorithm 1's sampling is represented by the conditional means of the sampled gradients given the past, measurable with respect to a filtration, which is the only way the proof uses it.

The statement admits no trivializing reading: the run structure is inhabited (a sorry-free check exhibits a run), CdC_dCd​ is fixed before the reward, the data and the run, every expectation is of a bounded measurable function, the gradient is that of a differentiable function (Lemma 2), and the Frobenius norm is used where the page uses it rather than Lean's sup norm on function types.

Welcome contributions: the existence and uniqueness of the soft-Bellman fixed point, the performance-difference and Gibbs-variational facts behind Lemma 7, the visitation-measure Lipschitz bound of Lemma 5, and the fixed-point differentiation behind Lemma 2.

Selected references

  • S. Zeng, M. Hong, A. Garcia, Structural Estimation of Markov Decision Processes in High-Dimensional State Space with Finite-Time Guarantees, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2210.01282v3, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2210.01282
  • J. Rust, Optimal Replacement of GMC Bus Engines: An Empirical Model of Harold Zurcher, Econometrica 55(5), 1987. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911259
  • B. D. Ziebart, A. Maas, J. A. Bagnell, A. K. Dey, Maximum Entropy Inverse Reinforcement Learning, AAAI 2008. https://cdn.aaai.org/AAAI/2008/AAAI08-227.pdf
  • T. Haarnoja, H. Tang, P. Abbeel, S. Levine, Reinforcement Learning with Deep Energy-Based Policies, ICML 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1702.08165
18 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration 2: On Independent Platforms, AV-HV Coexistence Raises the Price When Labor Is Elastic EnoughResearch Paper

Motivation

Ride-hailing platforms are expected to add autonomous vehicles (AVs) to fleets of human-driven vehicles (HVs). A common expectation is that AVs, by removing the driver's wage, will make rides cheaper. Lian and van Ryzin (SSRN 3716491; published in Management Science, 2025, DOI 10.1287/mnsc.2020.03112) show that the answer depends on the market configuration. Two forces act on the price. A labor-cost effect: AVs displace human drivers, and the remaining drivers need lower pay. A density effect: pickup times fall as more idle cars are close to riders, so a larger fleet on one dispatch platform is more efficient per ride. When AVs and HVs are dispatched by independent platforms, the HV platform becomes thinner and loses density, and the price can rise.

This mission formalizes Proposition 4 of the paper, the result that makes this precise: under an explicit upper bound on the slope of the HV labor supply curve, coexistence of AVs and HVs on independent platforms strictly raises the price above the pure human-driver market. The version used is the authors' SSRN working paper of 23 August 2023; all numbering refers to it.

Setting

A market has six parameters. Riders wait for a pickup for an expected time t1(s)=a s−rt_1(s)=a\,s^{-r}t1​(s)=as−r, where sss is the number of open cars (idle vehicles), a>0a>0a>0, and 0≤r<10\le r<10≤r<1 is the ETA elasticity; r>0r>0r>0 means there is a density effect. A ride lasts t2>0t_2>0t2​>0. Rider values for a ride-hour are uniform on [0,V][0,V][0,V]. In a demand scenario with potential demand mass m>0m>0m>0, the inverse demand at a demand rate d∈[0,m]d\in[0,m]d∈[0,m] (ride-hours per hour) is

p(d)=V(1−dm).p(d)=V\Bigl(1-\frac dm\Bigr).p(d)=V(1−md​).

A fleet of nnn human drivers participates only if each earns its reservation earnings w(n)=w0+αnw(n)=w_0+\alpha nw(n)=w0​+αn per hour, with w0>0w_0>0w0​>0 and α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0; α>0\alpha>0α>0 means HV supply is finitely elastic.

By Little's law and an optimization over the number of open cars, the minimal fleet that can serve a demand rate ddd is

n‾(d)=a~ d1r+1+t2d,a~=r1r+1a1r+1+r−rr+1a1r+1,\underline n(d)=\tilde a\,d^{\frac1{r+1}}+t_2 d,\qquad \tilde a=r^{\frac1{r+1}}a^{\frac1{r+1}}+r^{-\frac r{r+1}}a^{\frac1{r+1}},n​(d)=a~dr+11​+t2​d,a~=rr+11​ar+11​+r−r+1r​ar+11​,

and the fleet's on-trip utilization is uˉ(d)=d t2/n‾(d)\bar u(d)=d\,t_2/\underline n(d)uˉ(d)=dt2​/n​(d).

Pure-HV market. Revenue is d p(d) t2d\,p(d)\,t_2dp(d)t2​ and the minimal labor cost is w(n‾(d)) n‾(d)w(\underline n(d))\,\underline n(d)w(n​(d))n​(d). A demand rate ddd is an equilibrium when they are equal; it is stable when no small perturbation d±εd\pm\varepsilond±ε has cost above revenue below ddd and revenue above cost above ddd. The maximal stable equilibrium dHV∗d^*_{HV}dHV∗​ is the largest stable equilibrium. At dHV∗>0d^*_{HV}>0dHV∗​>0 the price equals w(n‾(dHV∗))/uˉ(dHV∗)w(\underline n(d^*_{HV}))/\bar u(d^*_{HV})w(n​(dHV∗​))/uˉ(dHV∗​), the labor cost per ride-hour.

Independent platform market. AVs serve dAV>0d_{AV}>0dAV​>0 on their own platform; HVs serve dHV>0d_{HV}>0dHV​>0 on theirs, with their own minimal fleet nHV=n‾(dHV)n_{HV}=\underline n(d_{HV})nHV​=n​(dHV​). The market price is p(dHV+dAV)p(d_{HV}+d_{AV})p(dHV​+dAV​), and HVs are in equilibrium when

dHV p(dHV+dAV) t2=w(n‾(dHV)) n‾(dHV).d_{HV}\,p(d_{HV}+d_{AV})\,t_2=w(\underline n(d_{HV}))\,\underline n(d_{HV}).dHV​p(dHV​+dAV​)t2​=w(n​(dHV​))n​(dHV​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4, Items 1 and 2 combined

Assume α>0\alpha>0α>0, r>0r>0r>0 and

α<w0n‾(dHV∗)⋅a~rt2(r+1)a~(1−r)t2(r+1)+(dHV∗)rr+1.(19)\alpha<\frac{w_0}{\underline n(d^*_{HV})}\cdot\frac{\frac{\tilde a r}{t_2(r+1)}}{\frac{\tilde a(1-r)}{t_2(r+1)}+(d^*_{HV})^{\frac r{r+1}}}.\qquad(19)α<n​(dHV∗​)w0​​⋅t2​(r+1)a~(1−r)​+(dHV∗​)r+1r​t2​(r+1)a~r​​.(19)

Then every coexistence equilibrium of the independent platform market satisfies

p(dHV∗)<p(dHV+dAV).p(d^*_{HV})<p(d_{HV}+d_{AV}).p(dHV∗​)<p(dHV​+dAV​).

Milestones

  1. (240): 12d<n‾′(d)n‾(d)<1d\frac1{2d}<\frac{\underline n'(d)}{\underline n(d)}<\frac1d2d1​<n​(d)n​′(d)​<d1​ for d>0d>0d>0.
  2. (243): at d>0d>0d>0, ddd w(n‾(d))uˉ(d)<0\frac{d}{dd}\,\frac{w(\underline n(d))}{\bar u(d)}<0ddd​uˉ(d)w(n​(d))​<0 iff α\alphaα is below the right-hand side of (19) evaluated at ddd.
  3. The right-hand side of (19) is strictly decreasing in ddd.
  4. Proposition 4, Item 2: the derivative of w(n‾)/uˉw(\underline n)/\bar uw(n​)/uˉ is negative on (0,d∗](0,d^*](0,d∗] iff (19) holds at d∗d^*d∗.
  5. App. D.3.1: under coexistence, dHV<dHV∗d_{HV}<d^*_{HV}dHV​<dHV∗​.
  6. Proposition 4, Item 1: if w(n‾)/uˉw(\underline n)/\bar uw(n​)/uˉ is strictly decreasing on (0,dHV∗](0,d^*_{HV}](0,dHV∗​], the coexistence price exceeds p(dHV∗)p(d^*_{HV})p(dHV∗​).

Significance

Proposition 4 is the step that separates the two dispatch designs in the paper's main comparison (Proposition 3). On a common platform AVs always lower prices; on independent platforms, under (19), every scenario in which AVs and HVs coexist has a strictly higher price, for a monopoly AV supplier and for perfectly competitive AVs alike. The condition (19) is explicit in the primitives, so it says when fragmentation of dispatch harms riders: when the HV supply is elastic (small α\alphaα) or the pure-HV demand is low.

The result is proved in the paper, in Appendix D.3. It has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces one, together with reusable facts about the square-root-law-type fleet function n‾\underline nn​: its log-derivative bounds and the sign of the derivative of the labor cost per ride-hour.

Difficulty

The two steps are of different kinds. The comparison dHV<dHV∗d_{HV}<d^*_{HV}dHV​<dHV∗​ rests on the defining property of the maximal stable equilibrium: that revenue falls short of cost at every demand above dHV∗d^*_{HV}dHV∗​. That property is not part of the definition of the maximal stable equilibrium. A first idea, comparing revenues pointwise at dHVd_{HV}dHV​ and dHV∗d^*_{HV}dHV∗​, fails without it, because revenue minus cost need not be monotone.

The second step is a sign computation of the derivative of w(n‾(d)) n‾(d)/(d t2)w(\underline n(d))\,\underline n(d)/(d\,t_2)w(n​(d))n​(d)/(dt2​), involving real powers d1/(r+1)d^{1/(r+1)}d1/(r+1) and dr/(r+1)d^{r/(r+1)}dr/(r+1). The paper's condition is pointwise, while Item 1 needs monotonicity on a whole interval.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers; fleet sizes and demand rates are continuous, as in the paper. Real powers are Mathlib's Real.rpow. Statements about the ratio w(n‾(d))/uˉ(d)w(\underline n(d))/\bar u(d)w(n​(d))/uˉ(d) are made only at d>0d>0d>0, where it is differentiable; Lean's value at d=0d=0d=0 is a junk 000. Derivatives are Mathlib's deriv.

Standing assumptions: a>0a>0a>0, 0≤r<10\le r<10≤r<1 (and r>0r>0r>0 where the page assumes a density effect), t2>0t_2>0t2​>0, V>0V>0V>0, w0>0w_0>0w0​>0, α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 (and α>0\alpha>0α>0 where the page assumes finite elasticity). Pinned choices:

  • Definition 1's perturbation ε\varepsilonε ranges over 0<ε≤d0<\varepsilon\le d0<ε≤d with d+ε≤md+\varepsilon\le md+ε≤m, keeping d±εd\pm\varepsilond±ε in the domain of the inverse demand.
  • The pure-HV equilibrium dHV∗d^*_{HV}dHV∗​ is a hypothesis-bound variable with the maximal-stable-equilibrium property, not a chosen value.
  • Coexistence is only the HV side of the independent-platform equilibrium (Definition 2 with nHV=n‾(dHV)n_{HV}=\underline n(d_{HV})nHV​=n​(dHV​)), with dHV,dAV>0d_{HV},d_{AV}>0dHV​,dAV​>0. The AV fleet decision and the stability of Definition 3 are not assumed; this generalizes the statement.
  • The loose-market Assumption 2 is not assumed; the proof does not use it.
  • Proposition 4, Item 2 is posed with a strictly negative derivative on (0,d∗](0,d^*](0,d∗], the reading of the paper's proof; the reading "strictly decreasing on (0,d∗](0,d^*](0,d∗]" would make the stated equivalence false at equality in (19).

A coexistence equilibrium with dAV=0d_{AV}=0dAV​=0, or a vacuous one with dHV=0d_{HV}=0dHV​=0, is excluded explicitly; with dAV=0d_{AV}=0dAV​=0 the goal would be false, and dropping positivity of dHVd_{HV}dHV​ would make (48) trivially satisfiable.

Everything is defined locally in one definition file (the shared market model, repeated in each mission of this series, plus the ratio, the bound and coexistence). Contributions of general lemmas on derivatives of x↦c xβ+txx\mapsto c\,x^{\beta}+t xx↦cxβ+tx and on largest stable roots of continuous functions are reusable.

Selected references

  • Z. Lian and G. van Ryzin, Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration, SSRN working paper 3716491, version of 23 August 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3716491
  • Z. Lian and G. van Ryzin, same title, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.03112
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing I: Under Simultaneous Recommendation, Offering the Single-Store Optimal Assortment in Every Store Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail chains increasingly run their physical stores and online channels as one network. A customer who walks into a store and finds nothing she wants can be shown products stocked in other stores of the chain, to be shipped or picked up later. This raises a basic assortment question: when every store can point its customers to the rest of the network, should the stores still carry the assortment each would choose on its own, or should they coordinate?

Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (MSOM 2025, DOI 10.1287/msom.2024.0761) compare two ways of showing the network's products. Under simultaneous recommendation (SMR), a customer sees her store's products and the other stores' products at the same time. Under sequential recommendation (SQR), she sees the other stores' products only after declining everything in her own store. This mission formalizes the paper's result for SMR, Theorem 1, together with the lemmas of its proof and two consequences (Theorem 5(a) and Proposition 2). The single-store model it builds on is the multinomial logit (MNL) assortment problem of Talluri and van Ryzin (2004).

Setting

A seller operates mmm stores and sells nnn products, indexed 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n, with revenues r1>r2>⋯>rn>0r_1>r_2>\dots>r_n>0r1​>r2​>⋯>rn​>0. Product kkk has attraction value vk=exp⁡(uk)>0v_k=\exp(u_k)>0vk​=exp(uk​)>0, where uku_kuk​ is its utility; the no-purchase option has attraction value 111. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of customers first visits store iii, and ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1.

An assortment profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\mathbf S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) lists the set Si⊆N={1,…,n}S_i\subseteq\mathcal N=\{1,\dots,n\}Si​⊆N={1,…,n} offered by each store. Write Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​ for the products offered somewhere. A customer of store iii who buys product kkk from store jjj suffers a utility discount cijk≥0c_{ij}^k\ge0cijk​≥0, with ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0. She buys from the cheapest store that offers kkk, so the effective discount is cik(S)=min⁡{cijk:k∈Sj}c_i^k(\mathbf S)=\min\{c_{ij}^k: k\in S_j\}cik​(S)=min{cijk​:k∈Sj​}, and cik(S)=∞c_i^k(\mathbf S)=\inftycik​(S)=∞ if no store offers kkk.

Under SMR, the customer of store iii chooses product kkk with the MNL probability

pikM(S)={vkDi(S),k∈Si,vke−cik(S)Di(S),k∈Sˉ∖Si,0,otherwise,Di(S)=1+∑l∈Sivl+∑l∈Sˉ∖Sivle−cil(S).p^M_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{v_k}{D_i(\mathbf S)},&k\in S_i,\\[2mm]\dfrac{v_ke^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}}{D_i(\mathbf S)},&k\in\bar S\setminus S_i,\\[2mm]0,&\text{otherwise},\end{cases}\qquad D_i(\mathbf S)=1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_l+\sum_{l\in\bar S\setminus S_i}v_le^{-c_i^l(\mathbf S)}.pikM​(S)=⎩⎨⎧​Di​(S)vk​​,Di​(S)vk​e−cik​(S)​,0,​k∈Si​,k∈Sˉ∖Si​,otherwise,​Di​(S)=1+l∈Si​∑​vl​+l∈Sˉ∖Si​∑​vl​e−cil​(S).

The seller's problem is

max⁡S RM(S)=∑i=1mλi∑k=1nrk pikM(S).(SMR)\max_{\mathbf S}\ R_M(\mathbf S)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\sum_{k=1}^nr_k\,p^M_{ik}(\mathbf S).\tag{SMR}Smax​ RM​(S)=i=1∑m​λi​k=1∑n​rk​pikM​(S).(SMR)

The single-store problem is

R∗=max⁡S⊆N∑k∈Srkvk1+∑k∈Svk.(3)R^*=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal N}\frac{\sum_{k\in S}r_kv_k}{1+\sum_{k\in S}v_k}.\tag{3}R∗=S⊆Nmax​1+∑k∈S​vk​∑k∈S​rk​vk​​.(3)

An assortment is revenue-ordered if it is {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} for some k∈[n]k\in[n]k∈[n]. The paper writes S~\tilde SS~ for the smallest revenue-ordered optimal solution of (3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

RM(S) ≤ RM(S~,S~,…,S~)for every profile S.R_M(\mathbf S)\ \le\ R_M(\tilde S,\tilde S,\dots,\tilde S)\qquad\text{for every profile }\mathbf S.RM​(S) ≤ RM​(S~,S~,…,S~)for every profile S.

Offering the single-store optimal assortment in every store is optimal under SMR. The goal asserts optimality, not uniqueness: with ties, other profiles can be optimal too.

Milestones

  1. Existence of S~\tilde SS~ (p. 11): some revenue-ordered assortment is optimal for (3).
  2. Proposition A.1: in the two-store problem (A.1), store 1 offers products 1 through some threshold. A product belongs to the smallest revenue-ordered optimum if and only if its revenue exceeds the optimal value.
  3. Proposition A.2: the optimal value of (A.1) does not decrease when the discounts increase.
  4. The store-wise reduction: store iii's SMR revenue equals the objective of problem (A.2), the single-store problem with the other stores' products as discounted alternatives.
  5. The store-wise bound: every store earns at most R∗R^*R∗ under any profile, and exactly R∗R^*R∗ under (S~,…,S~)(\tilde S,\dots,\tilde S)(S~,…,S~).

Companions

  • Theorem 5(a): max⁡SRQ(S)≥max⁡SRM(S)\max_{\mathbf S}R_Q(\mathbf S)\ge\max_{\mathbf S}R_M(\mathbf S)maxS​RQ​(S)≥maxS​RM​(S), where RQR_QRQ​ is the SQR revenue built from the sequential choice probabilities (2).
  • Proposition 2: when store mmm is an online channel with Sm=NS_m=\mathcal NSm​=N, and cimk=ck>0c_{im}^k=c^k>0cimk​=ck>0 for every physical store iii, some optimal profile among those with Sm=NS_m=\mathcal NSm​=N offers one and the same revenue-ordered assortment S^⊇S~\hat S\supseteq\tilde SS^⊇S~ in every physical store.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that under simultaneous recommendation the network adds nothing for the seller: the revenue of independently run stores, R∗R^*R∗, is the best achievable. The paper calls this revenue the benchmark. Every later comparison is made against it. The sequential strategy beats it (Theorem 5(a)), and the paper's structural results on SQR and its ½-approximation are phrased relative to S~\tilde SS~ and R∗R^*R∗. Proposition 2 shows that adding an online channel enlarges the optimal assortments of the physical stores.

The results are proved in the paper, partly in an Additional Supplement. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a reusable Lean model of multi-store MNL choice with cross-store discounts, the SQR choice probabilities, and checked proofs of the single-store threshold structure with discounted outside products (Propositions A.1 and A.2).

Difficulty

A store's SMR revenue depends on every other store's assortment, through both the denominator Di(S)D_i(\mathbf S)Di​(S) and the products of Sˉ∖Si\bar S\setminus S_iSˉ∖Si​. The objective does not separate across stores, so the obvious idea of optimizing each store on its own does not directly apply. Products of other stores enter at reduced weight e−cike^{-c_i^k}e−cik​, so the standard MNL result for (3) does not cover (A.1).

Proposition A.1's exchange argument has two cases, depending on whether the added product is already available elsewhere. In the second case the gain is weighted by 1−e−ck1-e^{-c^k}1−e−ck, which vanishes when ck=0c^k=0ck=0. Proposition A.2 compares optimal values across two discount vectors whose optimal assortments differ.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n (the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1), stores are Fin m, and a profile is a function Fin m → Finset (Fin n). The attraction values vk>0v_k>0vk​>0 are the primitive parameters. The discount factor e−cik(S)e^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}e−cik​(S) is the largest e−cijke^{-c_{ij}^k}e−cijk​ over the offering stores, and 000 when none offers kkk. In (A.1) the discounts are encoded by the factors βk=e−ck∈[0,1]\beta_k=e^{-c^k}\in[0,1]βk​=e−ck∈[0,1], with βk=0\beta_k=0βk​=0 for ck=∞c^k=\inftyck=∞. S~\tilde SS~ and SM∗(c)S^*_M(\mathbf c)SM∗​(c) are predicates: revenue-ordered (hence nonempty), optimal, and of least cardinality among revenue-ordered optima. "Optimal" means a global maximizer, and comparisons of optimal values are written as "for every TTT there is an SSS with f(T)≤g(S)f(T)\le g(S)f(T)≤g(S)", with no maximum operator. The SMR and SQR objectives are written from the choice probabilities (1) and (2), exactly as the paper writes them.

The standing assumptions are explicit hypotheses: λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, rrr strictly decreasing, vk>0v_k>0vk​>0, cijk≥0c_{ij}^k\ge0cijk​≥0, ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0. Two hypotheses are pinned. The first is rk>0r_k>0rk​>0: revenues are prices, which the paper uses but never states as a sign condition. The second applies only to the second part of Proposition A.1: ck>0c^k>0ck>0, because its "if and only if" fails at ck=0c^k=0ck=0; the existence of a revenue-ordered optimum is stated for every c≥0\mathbf c\ge0c≥0. The goal and Proposition A.2 keep cijk≥0c_{ij}^k\ge0cijk​≥0, so zero cross-store discounts are allowed. The Gumbel derivation of (2) (Proposition 1, cited from Gao et al. 2021) is not formalized; (1) and (2) are the model.

The hypothesis on S~\tilde SS~ is satisfiable: its existence is the first milestone. A statement that assumed some optimal profile, or that defined R∗R^*R∗ through a junk-valued supremum, would be trivial or vacuous, and the formalization avoids both. Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Propositions A.1 and A.2 are reusable for other multi-store and omnichannel MNL problems.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761 (cited from the authors' manuscript of 2024-09-17 with its Online and Additional Supplements)
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization and Pricing Under the Multinomial Logit Model with Impatient Customers: Sequential Recommendation and Selection, Operations Research 69(5):1509–1532, 2021.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisOperations ResearchPartial Differential Equations+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions in Control Problems with Random State Constraints in Probabilistic or Almost Sure Form III: Absolutely Continuous and Singular Multipliers for Almost Sure State ConstraintsResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimal control of partial differential equations under uncertainty asks for a single deterministic control uuu that performs well when the data of the PDE are random. When a constraint on the state must hold, the modeller has to decide how strictly: with high probability (a probabilistic constraint), for almost every realization (an almost-sure constraint), or for every realization in a support set (a robust constraint). C. Geiersbach and R. Henrion (arXiv:2306.03965v2, Math. Oper. Res. 2025) derive optimality conditions for all three forms on a common model problem. This mission covers §3.1 of that paper, the almost-sure case.

Almost-sure state constraints are the natural model when a bound (a temperature, a stress, a concentration) must never be violated, and they appear throughout risk-averse PDE-constrained optimization (Geiersbach and Wollner, SIAM J. Optim. 2021; Geiersbach and Hintermüller, ESAIM:COCV 2022). Their difficulty is functional-analytic: the constraint lives in LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ))L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D))LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)), a space whose dual is not a function space, so Lagrange multipliers are a priori only finitely additive objects.

Setting

Let D⊆RdD\subseteq\mathbb R^dD⊆Rd, d∈{1,2,3}d\in\{1,2,3\}d∈{1,2,3}, be open, bounded and of class S: there are γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and r0>0r_0>0r0​>0 with meas⁡(Br(x)∖D)≥γmeas⁡(Br(x))\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x)\setminus D)\ge\gamma\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x))meas(Br​(x)∖D)≥γmeas(Br​(x)) for all x∈∂Dx\in\partial Dx∈∂D and 0<r<r00<r<r_00<r<r0​. For F∈L2(D)F\in L^2(D)F∈L2(D) the Dirichlet problem −Δy=F-\Delta y=F−Δy=F in DDD, y=0y=0y=0 on ∂D\partial D∂D has a unique weak solution y∈H01(D)∩C(Dˉ)y\in H^1_0(D)\cap\mathcal C(\bar D)y∈H01​(D)∩C(Dˉ); the solution map is a continuous linear operator A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ)A^{-1}:L^2(D)\to\mathcal C(\bar D)A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ).

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and f~∈LP∞(Ω,L2(D))\tilde f\in L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,L^2(D))f~​∈LP∞​(Ω,L2(D)) a random source. For a control u∈L2(D)u\in L^2(D)u∈L2(D) the random state y(⋅,ω)y(\cdot,\omega)y(⋅,ω) solves −Δy(⋅,ω)=u+f~(⋅,ω)-\Delta y(\cdot,\omega)=u+\tilde f(\cdot,\omega)−Δy(⋅,ω)=u+f~​(⋅,ω), y(⋅,ω)=0y(\cdot,\omega)=0y(⋅,ω)=0 on ∂D\partial D∂D. With B\mathcal BB the embedding of L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D) into constant elements of LP∞(Ω,L2(D))L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,L^2(D))LP∞​(Ω,L2(D)) and [A−1y](ω)=A−1y(⋅,ω)[\mathcal A^{-1}y](\omega)=A^{-1}y(\cdot,\omega)[A−1y](ω)=A−1y(⋅,ω), the control-to-state operator is S(u)=A−1(Bu+f~)\mathcal S(u)=\mathcal A^{-1}(\mathcal Bu+\tilde f)S(u)=A−1(Bu+f~​) and the constraint map is G(u)=S(u)−α\mathcal G(u)=\mathcal S(u)-\boldsymbol\alphaG(u)=S(u)−α, where α\boldsymbol\alphaα is the constant function α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R. The problem is

min⁡u∈L2(D)F(u)s.t.G(u)∈K,(51)\min_{u\in L^2(D)}F(u)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\mathcal G(u)\in\mathcal K,\qquad(51)u∈L2(D)min​F(u)s.t.G(u)∈K,(51)

with the cone K={y∈LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ)):y(x,ω)≤0 on Dˉ, P-a.s.}\mathcal K=\{y\in L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D)):y(x,\omega)\le0\text{ on }\bar D,\ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.}\}K={y∈LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)):y(x,ω)≤0 on Dˉ, P-a.s.} and its polar K−⊆(LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗\mathcal K^-\subseteq(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D)))^*K−⊆(LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗. The cost FFF is convex and continuously Fréchet differentiable.

For a separable Banach space XXX, a functional v∈(LP∞(Ω,X))∗v\in(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,X))^*v∈(LP∞​(Ω,X))∗ is absolutely continuous if ⟨v,x⟩=∫Ω⟨x∗(ω),x(ω)⟩ dP\langle v,x\rangle=\int_\Omega\langle x^*(\omega),x(\omega)\rangle\,d\mathbb P⟨v,x⟩=∫Ω​⟨x∗(ω),x(ω)⟩dP for a weakly measurable x∗:Ω→X∗x^*:\Omega\to X^*x∗:Ω→X∗ with ∫∥x∗∥ dP<∞\int\|x^*\|\,d\mathbb P<\infty∫∥x∗∥dP<∞ (the set Λ1(X∗)\Lambda_1(X^*)Λ1​(X∗) of such x∗x^*x∗), and singular if it vanishes on every xxx that vanishes on some FnF_nFn​, for a decreasing sequence of events with P(Fn)→0\mathbb P(F_n)\to0P(Fn​)→0 (the set Λ∘(X∗)\Lambda_\circ(X^*)Λ∘​(X∗)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.10

Under the constraint qualification 0∈int⁡{G(L2(D))−K}0\in\operatorname{int}\{\mathcal G(L^2(D))-\mathcal K\}0∈int{G(L2(D))−K}, u∗u^*u∗ solves (51) if and only if there are λ∈Λ1(C(Dˉ)∗)\lambda\in\Lambda_1(\mathcal C(\bar D)^*)λ∈Λ1​(C(Dˉ)∗), λ∘∈Λ∘(C(Dˉ)∗)\lambda^\circ\in\Lambda_\circ(\mathcal C(\bar D)^*)λ∘∈Λ∘​(C(Dˉ)∗) and a state y∗y^*y∗ with

DF(u∗)+E[A−∗λ]+B∗A−∗λ∘=0,Ay∗(⋅,ω)=u∗+f~(⋅,ω),DF(u^*)+\mathbb E[A^{-*}\lambda]+\mathcal B^*\mathcal A^{-*}\lambda^\circ=0,\qquad Ay^*(\cdot,\omega)=u^*+\tilde f(\cdot,\omega),DF(u∗)+E[A−∗λ]+B∗A−∗λ∘=0,Ay∗(⋅,ω)=u∗+f~​(⋅,ω), y∗(⋅,ω)≤α,λ(⋅,ω)≥0,⟨λ(⋅,ω),y∗(⋅,ω)−α⟩=0  P-a.s.,λ∘∈K−,⟨λ∘,y∗−α⟩=0.y^*(\cdot,\omega)\le\alpha,\quad\lambda(\cdot,\omega)\ge0,\quad\langle\lambda(\cdot,\omega),y^*(\cdot,\omega)-\boldsymbol\alpha\rangle=0\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\qquad\lambda^\circ\in\mathcal K^-,\quad\langle\lambda^\circ,y^*-\boldsymbol\alpha\rangle=0.y∗(⋅,ω)≤α,λ(⋅,ω)≥0,⟨λ(⋅,ω),y∗(⋅,ω)−α⟩=0  P-a.s.,λ∘∈K−,⟨λ∘,y∗−α⟩=0.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.6: the random state exists, is a.s. unique, lies in LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ))L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D))LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)), and obeys the bound (52).
  2. Lemma 3.7: the abstract KKT system (53) with a multiplier λ∗∈(LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗\lambda^*\in(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D)))^*λ∗∈(LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗.
  3. Theorem 3.9 (Ioffe–Levin): every v∗∈(LP∞(Ω,X))∗v^*\in(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,X))^*v∗∈(LP∞​(Ω,X))∗ splits uniquely as va+v∘v^a+v^\circva+v∘ with ∥v∗∥=∥va∥+∥v∘∥\|v^*\|=\|v^a\|+\|v^\circ\|∥v∗∥=∥va∥+∥v∘∥.
  4. The splitting ⟨λ∗,A−1Bh⟩=E[⟨λ,A−1h⟩]+⟨λ∘,A−1Bh⟩\langle\lambda^*,\mathcal A^{-1}\mathcal Bh\rangle=\mathbb E[\langle\lambda,A^{-1}h\rangle]+\langle\lambda^\circ,\mathcal A^{-1}\mathcal Bh\rangle⟨λ∗,A−1Bh⟩=E[⟨λ,A−1h⟩]+⟨λ∘,A−1Bh⟩.
  5. (57): λ∗∈K−\lambda^*\in\mathcal K^-λ∗∈K− passes to both parts.
  6. (59) and pointwise complementarity: λ(ω)≥0\lambda(\omega)\ge0λ(ω)≥0 and ⟨λ(ω),y∗(ω)−α⟩=0\langle\lambda(\omega),y^*(\omega)-\boldsymbol\alpha\rangle=0⟨λ(ω),y∗(ω)−α⟩=0 almost surely.

Significance

The result. Lemma 3.7 gives a multiplier in the dual of L∞L^\inftyL∞, which cannot be evaluated scenario by scenario. Theorem 3.10 shows that, for this problem, the multiplier consists of an honest random variable λ(ω)∈C(Dˉ)∗\lambda(\omega)\in\mathcal C(\bar D)^*λ(ω)∈C(Dˉ)∗ (a random signed measure on Dˉ\bar DDˉ) satisfying sign and complementarity conditions for almost every realization, plus a singular remainder. This is the form needed to write adjoint equations and to design discretizations and algorithms (Proposition 3.12 of the paper). As Remark 3.11 notes, the derivation does not require reflexivity of the state space, unlike earlier work on LP∞(Ω,X)L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,X)LP∞​(Ω,X)-constraints.

Formalizing it. The paper's argument is complete, but it rests on two cited results: the regularity theory behind Lemma 1.2/3.6 (Stampacchia-type continuity of weak solutions on class-S domains, Kinderlehrer–Stampacchia) and the Ioffe–Levin decomposition of (LP∞(Ω,X))∗(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,X))^*(LP∞​(Ω,X))∗ (Ioffe–Levin, Appendix 1, Theorem 3, and Levin 1974). Neither is in Mathlib. A formal development produces machine-checked versions of both, of a Robinson-type KKT theorem in Banach spaces, and of the multiplier refinement itself. None of these results has a machine-checked proof as far as the platform's catalog shows.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply the Riesz representation pointwise in ω\omegaω. It fails: (LP∞(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗(L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,\mathcal C(\bar D)))^*(LP∞​(Ω,C(Dˉ)))∗ contains purely finitely additive functionals that are not given by any integrand, so λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ has no density in general. The decomposition theorem isolates them, and the proof of Theorem 3.10 must then show that the sign condition λ∗∈K−\lambda^*\in\mathcal K^-λ∗∈K− and the complementarity condition pass to each part separately. The step from E[⟨λ,y⟩]≤0\mathbb E[\langle\lambda,y\rangle]\le0E[⟨λ,y⟩]≤0 for all y∈Ky\in\mathcal Ky∈K to "λ(ω)≥0\lambda(\omega)\ge0λ(ω)≥0 for almost every ω\omegaω, simultaneously for all nonnegative test functions" requires the separability of C(Dˉ)\mathcal C(\bar D)C(Dˉ); a version with a null set depending on the test function is weaker and is not the statement. Lemma 3.6 needs C(Dˉ)\mathcal C(\bar D)C(Dˉ)-regularity of weak solutions, which is where class S and d≤3d\le3d≤3 enter.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D) is Lp ℝ 2 (volume.restrict D) and LP∞(Ω,X)L^\infty_{\mathbb P}(\Omega,X)LP∞​(Ω,X) is Lp X ⊤ P; their elements are a.e. classes, so every pointwise statement in ω\omegaω is stated P\mathbb PP-a.s. C(Dˉ)\mathcal C(\bar D)C(Dˉ) is C(closure D, ℝ) with [CompactSpace (closure D)] as an instance argument (implied by boundedness). Weak derivatives use the published HunterPDE.Shared.HasWeakDeriv; a weak solution in H01(D)∩C(Dˉ)H^1_0(D)\cap\mathcal C(\bar D)H01​(D)∩C(Dˉ) is encoded as continuity on Dˉ\bar DDˉ, zero boundary values, L2L^2L2 weak gradient and the weak form. A−1A^{-1}A−1 is a hypothesis: a continuous linear map L2(D)→C(Dˉ)L^2(D)\to\mathcal C(\bar D)L2(D)→C(Dˉ) whose values are weak solutions. "≤0\le0≤0 a.e. in DDD" for a function continuous on Dˉ\bar DDˉ is read as "≤0\le0≤0 on Dˉ\bar DDˉ"; "λ(⋅,ω)≥0\lambda(\cdot,\omega)\ge0λ(⋅,ω)≥0" as positivity of the functional. "Solution of (51)" is a global minimizer. (56a) is stated applied to every direction hhh.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the state operator is tied to the PDE, not an arbitrary bounded operator; the multipliers carry their sign and complementarity conditions; absolutely continuous functionals require a weakly measurable, integrable density; singular functionals are concentrated on a decreasing sequence of events of vanishing probability, not merely "not absolutely continuous"; optimality is global.

Needed infrastructure: Lax–Milgram on H01(D)H^1_0(D)H01​(D) and continuity of weak solutions (Lemma 3.6); a KKT theorem under Robinson's constraint qualification (Lemma 3.7); the Yosida–Hewitt decomposition for finitely additive measures and a weak*-measurable representation of L1(Ω,X)∗L^1(\Omega,X)^*L1(Ω,X)∗ (Theorem 3.9). The decomposition theorem is reusable far beyond this mission; contributions toward any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Geiersbach, R. Henrion, Optimality conditions in control problems with random state constraints in probabilistic or almost-sure form, arXiv:2306.03965v2, 2024; Math. Oper. Res. 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.03965
  • A. D. Ioffe, V. L. Levin, Subdifferentials of convex functions, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 26, 3–73, 1972 (Appendix 1, Theorem 3).
  • V. L. Levin, The Lebesgue decomposition for functionals on the vector-function space LX∞L^\infty_XLX∞​, Funct. Anal. Appl. 8(4), 314–317, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf01075488
  • K. Yosida, E. Hewitt, Finitely additive measures, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 72, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1952-0045194-X
  • J. F. Bonnans, A. Shapiro, Perturbation Analysis of Optimization Problems, Springer, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1394-9
  • C. Geiersbach, W. Wollner, Optimality conditions for convex stochastic optimization problems in Banach spaces with almost sure state constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 31(4), 2455–2480, 2021.
  • C. Geiersbach, M. Hintermüller, Optimality conditions and Moreau–Yosida regularization for almost sure state constraints, ESAIM: COCV 28, Paper No. 80, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1051/cocv/2022070
  • D. Kinderlehrer, G. Stampacchia, An Introduction to Variational Inequalities and Their Applications, Academic Press, 1980 (Chapter II, Appendices B and C). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719451
12 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration 1: A Pure Human-Driver Market Has a Unique Maximal Stable Equilibrium, Increasing in Market SizeResearch Paper

Motivation

Ride-hailing platforms match riders with drivers who choose for themselves whether to work. Autonomous vehicles (AVs) would replace part of this self-scheduling labor with capital whose fleet size the platform chooses. Lian and van Ryzin study when, and under which market configuration, the cost savings of AVs reach riders. Their comparison needs a benchmark: the market served by human drivers (HVs) alone. This mission formalizes that benchmark, Proposition 1 of the paper, together with the lemmas on minimal supply and utilization that the rest of the paper uses.

Two economic forces drive the benchmark. The first is the density effect: in a denser market an idle car is closer to the next rider, so pickups are shorter and each driver spends more of the hour on paid trips. The second is the supply effect of labor: a larger fleet requires higher hourly earnings to attract the marginal driver. Proposition 1 describes how the equilibrium demand, fleet size, utilization and price respond to market size when both forces are present.

The source is the authors' 2023 SSRN working paper (abstract 3716491, version of 23 August 2023); all theorem, lemma and equation numbers refer to that version, not to the 2025 Management Science article.

Setting

A market has an ETA function t1(s)=as−rt_1(s) = a s^{-r}t1​(s)=as−r with a>0a > 0a>0 and 0≤r<10 \le r < 10≤r<1, the expected pickup time when sss cars are open (idle); rrr is the ETA elasticity, and r>0r > 0r>0 means a density effect. A trip lasts t2>0t_2 > 0t2​>0 hours. Rider values for a ride hour are uniform on [0,V][0, V][0,V], V>0V > 0V>0. HVs have the supply curve w(n)=w0+αnw(n) = w_0 + \alpha nw(n)=w0​+αn, w0>0w_0 > 0w0​>0, α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0: a fleet of nnn drivers participates when hourly earnings are w(n)w(n)w(n).

There are III demand scenarios with potential demand masses 0<m1<⋯<mI0 < m_1 < \dots < m_I0<m1​<⋯<mI​. In scenario iii, the inverse demand at demand rate d∈[0,mi]d \in [0, m_i]d∈[0,mi​] is pi(d)=V(1−d/mi)p_i(d) = V(1 - d/m_i)pi​(d)=V(1−d/mi​), and the market revenue per hour is ri(d)=d pi(d) t2r_i(d) = d\,p_i(d)\,t_2ri​(d)=dpi​(d)t2​.

To serve demand ddd with sss open cars, Little's law requires s+d(t1(s)+t2)s + d(t_1(s) + t_2)s+d(t1​(s)+t2​) cars. The minimal supply level is

n‾(d)=a~ d1r+1+t2d,a~=r1r+1a1r+1+r−rr+1a1r+1,\underline{n}(d) = \tilde a\, d^{\frac{1}{r+1}} + t_2 d, \qquad \tilde a = r^{\frac{1}{r+1}} a^{\frac{1}{r+1}} + r^{-\frac{r}{r+1}} a^{\frac{1}{r+1}},n​(d)=a~dr+11​+t2​d,a~=rr+11​ar+11​+r−r+1r​ar+11​,

and the maximal utilization is uˉ(d)=dt2/n‾(d)\bar u(d) = d t_2/\underline{n}(d)uˉ(d)=dt2​/n​(d). A demand rate d∈[0,mi]d \in [0, m_i]d∈[0,mi​] is an equilibrium when revenue covers exactly the minimal driver cost,

ri(d)=w(n‾(d)) n‾(d).(13)r_i(d) = w(\underline{n}(d))\,\underline{n}(d). \qquad (13)ri​(d)=w(n​(d))n​(d).(13)

It is stable (Definition 1) if there is no ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 with ri(d−ϵ)<w(n‾(d−ϵ))n‾(d−ϵ)r_i(d-\epsilon) < w(\underline{n}(d-\epsilon))\underline{n}(d-\epsilon)ri​(d−ϵ)<w(n​(d−ϵ))n​(d−ϵ) and ri(d+ϵ)>w(n‾(d+ϵ))n‾(d+ϵ)r_i(d+\epsilon) > w(\underline{n}(d+\epsilon))\underline{n}(d+\epsilon)ri​(d+ϵ)>w(n​(d+ϵ))n​(d+ϵ). The maximal stable equilibrium dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​ is the greatest stable equilibrium; then nHV,i∗=n‾(dHV,i∗)n^*_{HV,i} = \underline{n}(d^*_{HV,i})nHV,i∗​=n​(dHV,i∗​), uHV,i∗=uˉ(dHV,i∗)u^*_{HV,i} = \bar u(d^*_{HV,i})uHV,i∗​=uˉ(dHV,i∗​) and pHV,i∗=pi(dHV,i∗)p^*_{HV,i} = p_i(d^*_{HV,i})pHV,i∗​=pi​(dHV,i∗​). The loose labor market condition of scenario iii is

ri(mi/2)>w(n‾(mi/2)) n‾(mi/2),(33)r_i(m_i/2) > w(\underline{n}(m_i/2))\,\underline{n}(m_i/2), \qquad (33)ri​(mi​/2)>w(n​(mi​/2))n​(mi​/2),(33)

the paper's restatement of its Assumption 2: the revenue curve meets the cost curve on its decreasing branch.

In Lean the parameters form the structure MarketParams, and the objects above are aTilde, nMin, uBar, priceFn, revenue, wage, hvCost, IsEquilibrium, IsStable, IsMaxStableEq and LooseMarket, in the namespace AVRideHail.PureHV.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 14)

Under the standing parameter assumptions and (33) in every scenario, each scenario has a unique maximal stable equilibrium, and for the family dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​:

dHV,i∗>0,ri(dHV,i∗)=w(nHV,i∗) nHV,i∗,pHV,i∗=w(nHV,i∗)uHV,i∗,d^*_{HV,i} > 0,\quad r_i(d^*_{HV,i}) = w(n^*_{HV,i})\, n^*_{HV,i}, \quad p^*_{HV,i} = \frac{w(n^*_{HV,i})}{u^*_{HV,i}},dHV,i∗​>0,ri​(dHV,i∗​)=w(nHV,i∗​)nHV,i∗​,pHV,i∗​=uHV,i∗​w(nHV,i∗​)​, dHV,i∗ and nHV,i∗ strictly increasing in i,uHV,i∗ {strictly increasing in i,r>0,constant in i,r=0.d^*_{HV,i}\ \text{and}\ n^*_{HV,i}\ \text{strictly increasing in } i, \qquad u^*_{HV,i}\ \begin{cases}\text{strictly increasing in } i, & r > 0,\\ \text{constant in } i, & r = 0.\end{cases}dHV,i∗​ and nHV,i∗​ strictly increasing in i,uHV,i∗​ {strictly increasing in i,constant in i,​r>0,r=0.​

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 Item 1 (p. 38, with (26)): n‾(d)\underline{n}(d)n​(d) is the minimum of s+d(as−r+t2)s + d(as^{-r} + t_2)s+d(as−r+t2​) over s>0s > 0s>0, attained only at s=(ra)1/(r+1)d1/(r+1)s = (ra)^{1/(r+1)} d^{1/(r+1)}s=(ra)1/(r+1)d1/(r+1).
  2. Lemma 1 Item 2 (p. 38): n‾\underline{n}n​ is a strictly increasing bijection of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), so its inverse dˉ(n)\bar d(n)dˉ(n) exists.
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 39): uˉ\bar uuˉ is strictly increasing and strictly concave, uˉ(0)=0\bar u(0) = 0uˉ(0)=0 and uˉ(d)→1\bar u(d) \to 1uˉ(d)→1.
  4. App. B.1.1 (p. 42): under (33), (13) has exactly one root in [mi/2,mi][m_i/2, m_i][mi​/2,mi​], and it is the maximal stable equilibrium.
  5. App. B.1.3 (p. 43): dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​ is strictly increasing in mim_imi​.
  6. App. B.1.6 (pp. 45–46): pHV,i∗p^*_{HV,i}pHV,i∗​ is strictly increasing in mim_imi​ when r=0r = 0r=0, α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and strictly decreasing when r>0r > 0r>0, α=0\alpha = 0α=0.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the reference point for every comparison in the paper: the AV markets of Sections 5–6 (common platform, independent platforms, monopoly AV supplier) are judged by how far their prices and served demand move from pHV,i∗p^*_{HV,i}pHV,i∗​ and dHV,i∗d^*_{HV,i}dHV,i∗​. Its Item 3 isolates the density effect as the source of rising utilization, and the special cases of Item 5 show that the HV price can rise or fall with market size, so neither direction can be assumed in the AV analysis. Lemmas 1 and 2 are used throughout the appendices.

The paper proves these results by hand; to our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked version of the benchmark and of the two technical lemmas, with every boundary case (r=0r = 0r=0, α=0\alpha = 0α=0, d=0d = 0d=0) stated explicitly.

Difficulty

The equation (13) always has the root d=0d = 0d=0, and it can have a second, unstable positive root below the stable one; the naive reading "the equilibrium is the root of (13)" therefore picks the wrong point. The work is to show that the greatest stable root exists, lies on the decreasing branch of the revenue curve, and moves monotonically with mim_imi​. This requires strict monotonicity of the cost curve w(n‾(d))n‾(d)w(\underline{n}(d))\underline{n}(d)w(n​(d))n​(d), which combines a real power d1/(r+1)d^{1/(r+1)}d1/(r+1) with the linear supply curve, and continuity on [mi/2,mi][m_i/2, m_i][mi​/2,mi​]. Lemma 2 needs strict concavity of a quotient of real powers on a closed half-line including 000, where the function is defined by its limit.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers; fleet sizes and demands are continuous, as in the paper. Powers are Real.rpow. Scenarios are indexed by Fin I, 0-based. The maximal stable equilibrium is never chosen by Classical.choose: statements take a family dstar with IsMaxStableEq in each scenario.

Committed conventions and pinned hypotheses:

  • a,t2,V,w0>0a, t_2, V, w_0 > 0a,t2​,V,w0​>0 and 0≤r<10 \le r < 10≤r<1, α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 are explicit binders. Lemma 1 Item 1 and Lemma 2 add r>0r > 0r>0, which the page leaves implicit and without which they fail.
  • The loose-market condition (33) is a hypothesis of the goal in every scenario. Proposition 1's printed statement omits it, but its proof uses it, and without it a thin scenario has dHV,i∗=0d^*_{HV,i} = 0dHV,i∗​=0.
  • In Definition 1, ϵ\epsilonϵ ranges over 0<ϵ≤d0 < \epsilon \le d0<ϵ≤d with d+ϵ≤mid + \epsilon \le m_id+ϵ≤mi​, keeping d±ϵd \pm \epsilond±ϵ in the domain [0,mi][0, m_i][0,mi​] of pip_ipi​.
  • At r=0r = 0r=0, Real.rpow gives a~=a\tilde a = aa~=a and n‾(d)=(a+t2)d\underline{n}(d) = (a + t_2)dn​(d)=(a+t2​)d; uˉ(0)=0/0=0\bar u(0) = 0/0 = 0uˉ(0)=0/0=0 agrees with Lemma 2.
  • "Increasing" means strictly increasing.
  • The uniqueness in "unique maximal stable equilibrium" is automatic for a greatest element; the content of the first conjunct is existence.

Encoding the equilibrium as "the root of (13) in [mi/2,mi][m_i/2, m_i][mi​/2,mi​]" would make the goal follow from its own hypotheses; the goal instead quantifies over greatest stable equilibria, and that root is the conclusion of a milestone.

A complete development needs the intermediate value theorem on [mi/2,mi][m_i/2, m_i][mi​/2,mi​], strict monotonicity and concavity facts for real powers, and limits at infinity. The minimal-supply and utilization lemmas are reusable in any model with a pickup-time function as−ra s^{-r}as−r. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the remark of Item 5 in other parameter regimes.

Selected references

  • Z. Lian and G. van Ryzin, Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration, SSRN working paper 3716491, version of 23 August 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3716491
  • Z. Lian and G. van Ryzin, Capturing the Benefits of Autonomous Vehicles in Ride-Hailing: The Role of Market Configuration, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.03112
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions in Control Problems with Random State Constraints in Probabilistic or Almost Sure Form I: Necessary and Sufficient Optimality Conditions for a Gaussian Probabilistic ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

Probabilistic (chance) constraints require that a decision keeps a random constraint satisfied with probability at least ppp. They are the standard way to model reliability requirements in engineering design, energy networks and the control of systems driven by uncertain data, and they are increasingly imposed on infinite-dimensional decisions such as the control of a partial differential equation. Geiersbach and Henrion (arXiv:2306.03965v2) derive first-order optimality conditions for such problems. This mission formalizes the general part of their paper (§2.1): a necessary and sufficient multiplier rule for a convex objective under a Gaussian probabilistic constraint on a Banach space.

The difficulty with chance constraints is that the probability function φ(u)=P(g(u,ξ)≤0)\varphi(u)=\mathbb P(g(u,\xi)\le0)φ(u)=P(g(u,ξ)≤0) is given only implicitly and is in general neither smooth nor convex. Prékopa's theory of log-concave measures (Prékopa 1995) shows that log⁡φ\log\varphilogφ is concave under joint convexity, and Farshbaf-Shaker, Henrion and Hömberg (2018) carried this to infinite dimensions. For Gaussian data, van Ackooij and Henrion (2014) gave gradient formulae via the spherical-radial decomposition, and Hantoute, Henrion and Pérez-Aros (2019) proved local Lipschitz continuity of φ\varphiφ and an estimate of its Clarke subdifferential under a moderate growth condition. The paper combines the two lines into an optimality system.

Setting

Let UUU be a reflexive separable Banach space with dual U∗U^*U∗, let F:U→RF:U\to\mathbb RF:U→R be convex and Fréchet differentiable with derivative DF(u)∈U∗DF(u)\in U^*DF(u)∈U∗, and let ξ\xiξ be an mmm-dimensional centered Gaussian random vector with nondegenerate covariance matrix Σ\SigmaΣ. A constraint function g:U×Rm→Rg:U\times\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rg:U×Rm→R is locally Lipschitzian with g(u,⋅)g(u,\cdot)g(u,⋅) convex for every uuu (Assumption 2.1). For p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1] the problem is

min⁡u∈UF(u)s.t.φ(u):=P(ω∣g(u,ξ(ω))≤0)≥p.(9)\min_{u\in U}F(u)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\varphi(u):=\mathbb P(\omega\mid g(u,\xi(\omega))\le0)\ge p. \tag{9}u∈Umin​F(u)s.t.φ(u):=P(ω∣g(u,ξ(ω))≤0)≥p.(9)

The Clarke directional derivative of a locally Lipschitzian f:U→Rf:U\to\mathbb Rf:U→R is f∘(u;h)=lim sup⁡u′→u, t↓0(f(u′+th)−f(u′))/tf^\circ(u;h)=\limsup_{u'\to u,\,t\downarrow0}(f(u'+th)-f(u'))/tf∘(u;h)=limsupu′→u,t↓0​(f(u′+th)−f(u′))/t, and its Clarke subdifferential is ∂Cf(u)={x∗∈U∗∣⟨x∗,h⟩≤f∘(u;h) ∀h}\partial^Cf(u)=\{x^*\in U^*\mid\langle x^*,h\rangle\le f^\circ(u;h)\ \forall h\}∂Cf(u)={x∗∈U∗∣⟨x∗,h⟩≤f∘(u;h) ∀h}. At a point u∗u^*u∗ the paper assumes g(u∗,0)<0g(u^*,0)<0g(u∗,0)<0 (10) and either the moderate growth condition (12) or boundedness of M={z∣g(u∗,z)≤0}M=\{z\mid g(u^*,z)\le0\}M={z∣g(u∗,z)≤0} (11).

The radial probability function is e(u,v)=μη{r≥0∣g(u,rΣ1/2v)≤0}e(u,v)=\mu_\eta\{r\ge0\mid g(u,r\Sigma^{1/2}v)\le0\}e(u,v)=μη​{r≥0∣g(u,rΣ1/2v)≤0} for vvv on the unit sphere Sm−1\mathbb S^{m-1}Sm−1, where μη\mu_\etaμη​ is the chi distribution with mmm degrees of freedom; with μζ\mu_\zetaμζ​ the uniform distribution on Sm−1\mathbb S^{m-1}Sm−1, φ(u)=∫Sm−1e(u,v) dμζ(v)\varphi(u)=\int_{\mathbb S^{m-1}}e(u,v)\,d\mu_\zeta(v)φ(u)=∫Sm−1​e(u,v)dμζ​(v) (14). Integrals of set-valued maps are taken in the sense of Aumann.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.6, statement (21)

If ggg is jointly convex, there is a generalized Slater point u^\hat uu^ with φ(u^)>p\varphi(\hat u)>pφ(u^)>p, and u∗u^*u∗ is feasible with (10) and either (12) or MMM bounded, then u∗u^*u∗ is a global minimizer of (9) if and only if, for some λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0,

DF(u∗)∈λ ∂Cφ(u∗),φ(u∗)≥p,λ(φ(u∗)−p)=0.(21)DF(u^*)\in\lambda\,\partial^C\varphi(u^*),\qquad\varphi(u^*)\ge p,\qquad\lambda(\varphi(u^*)-p)=0. \tag{21}DF(u∗)∈λ∂Cφ(u∗),φ(u∗)≥p,λ(φ(u∗)−p)=0.(21)

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.2, Lipschitz part: e(⋅,v)e(\cdot,v)e(⋅,v) is uniformly locally Lipschitzian and φ\varphiφ is locally Lipschitzian around uˉ\bar uuˉ.
  2. Prékopa's statement (p. 7): joint quasi-convexity of ggg and a log-concave density give a log-concave φ\varphiφ.
  3. Lemma 2.5: φ~=−log⁡φ+log⁡p\tilde\varphi=-\log\varphi+\log pφ~​=−logφ+logp is convex and lower semicontinuous, and (9) is equivalent to min⁡{F∣φ~≤0}\min\{F\mid\tilde\varphi\le0\}min{F∣φ~​≤0} (20).
  4. The convex multiplier rule for (20): −DF(u∗)∈λ∂φ~(u∗)-DF(u^*)\in\lambda\partial\tilde\varphi(u^*)−DF(u∗)∈λ∂φ~​(u∗), λφ~(u∗)=0\lambda\tilde\varphi(u^*)=0λφ~​(u∗)=0.
  5. Convex and Clarke subdifferentials agree for locally Lipschitz convex functions.
  6. The chain rule ∂Cφ~(u∗)=−φ(u∗)−1∂Cφ(u∗)\partial^C\tilde\varphi(u^*)=-\varphi(u^*)^{-1}\partial^C\varphi(u^*)∂Cφ~​(u∗)=−φ(u∗)−1∂Cφ(u∗).

Companion targets

The spherical-radial representation (14); the inclusion (15) ∂Cφ(uˉ)⊆∫Sm−1∂uCe(uˉ,v) dμζ(v)\partial^C\varphi(\bar u)\subseteq\int_{\mathbb S^{m-1}}\partial^C_ue(\bar u,v)\,d\mu_\zeta(v)∂Cφ(uˉ)⊆∫Sm−1​∂uC​e(uˉ,v)dμζ​(v) with equality under (16); the radius representation (17)–(19); Lemma 2.3 (Clarke regularity of −e(⋅,v)-e(\cdot,v)−e(⋅,v)); Theorem 2.4 (equality in (15) when MMM is bounded); and Proposition 2.6's second statement (22), where ∂Cφ(u∗)\partial^C\varphi(u^*)∂Cφ(u∗) is replaced by the spherical integral.

Significance

Statement (21) is a complete first-order characterization of optimality for a nonconvex, nonsmooth constraint in infinite dimensions: the constraint function is neither differentiable nor convex in general, yet the multiplier rule is both necessary and sufficient. The companion formula (22), with the exact subdifferential of Theorem 2.4, makes the system computable from the explicit radial function eee; the paper's later sections evaluate it for an elliptic PDE with a random source and derive explicit optimality conditions for a probabilistic state constraint.

The results of §2.1 are proved on paper, partly by citation. None of them has a machine-checked proof in Mathlib or on Prove2Me. Formalizing them requires a Clarke calculus on Banach spaces, Prékopa-type log-concavity for Gaussian measures, the spherical-radial decomposition of a Gaussian vector, and a convex multiplier rule with an extended-valued constraint. Each of these is reusable well beyond chance constraints.

Difficulty

The direct route fails because φ\varphiφ is not convex: probability functions bounded between 0 and 1 are essentially never concave, and the Clarke subdifferential of a nonconvex function supports only necessary conditions. The paper's argument needs the convex reformulation through −log⁡φ-\log\varphi−logφ, which is extended-valued where φ=0\varphi=0φ=0. It then needs three facts that do not come for free in a Banach space: local Lipschitz continuity of φ\varphiφ (which fails for merely locally Lipschitz ggg without (12) or a bounded MMM), the identification of the convex and Clarke subdifferentials, and a chain rule through the logarithm. The companion formula (22) needs Clarke's theorem on subdifferentials of integral functionals, whose equality case requires a regularity that the radial function only has after a sign change (Lemma 2.3).

Formalization scope

Rm\mathbb R^mRm is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) with m≥1m\ge1m≥1. The law of ξ\xiξ is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian 0 Sigma with Sigma.PosDef, and Σ1/2\Sigma^{1/2}Σ1/2 is the positive semidefinite square root used there. φ(u)\varphi(u)φ(u) is the real number P({g(u,ξ)≤0})\mathbb P(\{g(u,\xi)\le0\})P({g(u,ξ)≤0}). Reflexivity is surjectivity of the canonical map into the bidual. The Clarke directional derivative is the limsup over u′→uu'\to uu′→u, t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0 with denominator ttt (the page prints hhh, a misprint). Clarke regularity includes local Lipschitz continuity. φ~\tilde\varphiφ~​ is valued in EReal with −log⁡0=+∞-\log0=+\infty−log0=+∞, and its convexity is convexity of its epigraph. A solution is a global minimizer over the feasible set. "DF(u∗)∈λSDF(u^*)\in\lambda SDF(u∗)∈λS" is encoded as "DF(u∗)=λx∗DF(u^*)=\lambda x^*DF(u∗)=λx∗ for some x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S", which is unambiguous at λ=0\lambda=0λ=0. The ball in (12) is open. The Aumann integral uses selections whose scalar components v↦⟨x^v∗,h⟩v\mapsto\langle\hat x^*_v,h\ranglev↦⟨x^v∗​,h⟩ are integrable.

The convex multiplier rule (milestone 4) carries one disclosed addition: the extended-valued constraint is finite and continuous near u∗u^*u∗. The paper cites [39, Theorem 3.66] without spelling out a qualification condition, and in the application this property follows from milestone 1. Prékopa's statement is formalized with log⁡0=−∞\log0=-\inftylog0=−∞ (the page prints +∞+\infty+∞), as the multiplicative inequality φ(u)tφ(w)1−t≤φ(tu+(1−t)w)\varphi(u)^t\varphi(w)^{1-t}\le\varphi(tu+(1-t)w)φ(u)tφ(w)1−t≤φ(tu+(1−t)w).

A formalization that makes any of these statements trivial is ruled out: the Clarke limsup is only used with a local Lipschitz hypothesis, so the junk value of an unbounded limsup never enters; the Aumann integral demands integrable selections; the multiplier carries its sign and complementarity condition; and optimality is global, not stationarity.

Contributions are welcome at every level: a Clarke calculus on normed spaces (subdifferential nonemptiness, sum and chain rules), log-concavity of Gaussian measures and Prékopa's theorem, polar coordinates for Gaussian vectors, and a Slater-type multiplier rule for extended-valued convex constraints.

Selected references

  • C. Geiersbach and R. Henrion, Optimality conditions in control problems with random state constraints in probabilistic or almost-sure form, arXiv:2306.03965v2, 2024 (Math. Oper. Res., 2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.03965
  • A. Hantoute, R. Henrion and P. Pérez-Aros, Subdifferential characterization of probability functions under Gaussian distribution, Math. Program. 174, 167–194, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1237-9
  • W. van Ackooij and R. Henrion, Gradient formulae for nonlinear probabilistic constraints with Gaussian and Gaussian-like distributions, SIAM J. Optim. 24(4), 1864–1889, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1137/130922689
  • M. H. Farshbaf-Shaker, R. Henrion and D. Hömberg, Properties of chance constraints in infinite dimensions with an application to PDE constrained optimization, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 26, 821–841, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-017-0452-5
  • A. Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, Kluwer, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-3087-7
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • J. Peypouquet, Convex Optimization in Normed Spaces: Theory, Methods and Examples, SpringerBriefs in Optimization, Springer, 2015.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchPartial Differential EquationsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality Conditions in Control Problems with Random State Constraints in Probabilistic or Almost Sure Form II: Explicit Optimality Conditions for Probabilistic Elliptic PDE State ConstraintsResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimal control of partial differential equations under uncertainty arises whenever a physical system is steered by a control while its sources, coefficients or loads are only known in distribution. A typical requirement is a state constraint: the state (a temperature, a concentration, a displacement) must stay below a threshold everywhere in the domain. When the source term is random, demanding this for every realization is often impossible or too conservative, and the natural relaxation is a probabilistic (chance) constraint: the state must stay below the threshold uniformly on the domain with probability at least ppp.

Probabilistic constraints are classical in operations research (Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, 1995), but in a PDE setting the constraint is an infinite family of random inequalities, one per point of the domain, and the probability function is not differentiable in general. C. Geiersbach and R. Henrion (arXiv:2306.03965v2, Math. Oper. Res. 2025) derive optimality conditions for such problems in terms of the Clarke subdifferential, building on the spherical-radial decomposition of Gaussian vectors developed by Hantoute, Henrion and Pérez-Aros (Math. Program. 2019) and van Ackooij and Henrion. This mission formalizes the PDE half of §2 of that paper: explicit formulas for the subdifferential of the probability function and the resulting optimality conditions.

Setting

Let D⊆RdD\subseteq\mathbb R^dD⊆Rd, d∈{1,2,3}d\in\{1,2,3\}d∈{1,2,3}, be a nonempty, open, bounded set of class S: there are γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and r0>0r_0>0r0​>0 with meas⁡(Br(x)∖D)≥γmeas⁡(Br(x))\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x)\setminus D)\ge\gamma\operatorname{meas}(B_r(x))meas(Br​(x)∖D)≥γmeas(Br​(x)) for all x∈∂Dx\in\partial Dx∈∂D and 0<r<r00<r<r_00<r<r0​. For F∈L2(D)F\in L^2(D)F∈L2(D) the Dirichlet problem −Δy=F-\Delta y=F−Δy=F in DDD, y=0y=0y=0 on ∂D\partial D∂D has a unique weak solution in H01(D)∩C(Dˉ)H^1_0(D)\cap C(\bar D)H01​(D)∩C(Dˉ); the solution operator A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ)A^{-1}:L^2(D)\to C(\bar D)A−1:L2(D)→C(Dˉ) is linear and continuous.

Fix f0,φ1,…,φm∈L2(D)f_0,\varphi_1,\dots,\varphi_m\in L^2(D)f0​,φ1​,…,φm​∈L2(D) and a threshold α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R. The control-to-state operator is

S(u,z)=A−1(u+f0+∑i=1mziφi)=P(u,z)+y0,P(u,z)=A−1u+∑iziA−1φi, y0=A−1f0.S(u,z)=A^{-1}\Big(u+f_0+\sum_{i=1}^m z_i\varphi_i\Big)=P(u,z)+y_0,\qquad P(u,z)=A^{-1}u+\sum_i z_iA^{-1}\varphi_i,\ y_0=A^{-1}f_0.S(u,z)=A−1(u+f0​+i=1∑m​zi​φi​)=P(u,z)+y0​,P(u,z)=A−1u+i∑​zi​A−1φi​, y0​=A−1f0​.

The random vector ξ\xiξ on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) is Gaussian N(0,Σ)\mathcal N(0,\Sigma)N(0,Σ) with Σ\SigmaΣ positive definite, and y(⋅,ω)=S(u,ξ(ω))y(\cdot,\omega)=S(u,\xi(\omega))y(⋅,ω)=S(u,ξ(ω)) is the random state. With g(u,z)=max⁡x∈Dˉ[S(u,z)](x)−αg(u,z)=\max_{x\in\bar D}[S(u,z)](x)-\alphag(u,z)=maxx∈Dˉ​[S(u,z)](x)−α and the probability function φ(u)=P(ω∣g(u,ξ(ω))≤0)\varphi(u)=\mathbb P(\omega\mid g(u,\xi(\omega))\le0)φ(u)=P(ω∣g(u,ξ(ω))≤0), the problem is

min⁡u∈L2(D)F(u)s.t.φ(u)=P(y(x,ω)≤α  ∀x∈D)≥p,(24)\min_{u\in L^2(D)}F(u)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \varphi(u)=\mathbb P\big(y(x,\omega)\le\alpha\ \ \forall x\in D\big)\ge p,\tag{24}u∈L2(D)min​F(u)s.t.φ(u)=P(y(x,ω)≤α  ∀x∈D)≥p,(24)

with FFF convex and Fréchet differentiable and p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1].

The analysis uses the spherical-radial decomposition. Let μζ\mu_\zetaμζ​ be the uniform distribution on the unit sphere Sm−1\mathbb S^{m-1}Sm−1, μη\mu_\etaμη​ the chi distribution with mmm degrees of freedom and density χ(t)=Ktm−1e−t2/2\chi(t)=Kt^{m-1}e^{-t^2/2}χ(t)=Ktm−1e−t2/2, Σ1/2\Sigma^{1/2}Σ1/2 the square root of Σ\SigmaΣ. The radial probability function is e(u,v)=μη{r≥0∣g(u,rΣ1/2v)≤0}e(u,v)=\mu_\eta\{r\ge0\mid g(u,r\Sigma^{1/2}v)\le0\}e(u,v)=μη​{r≥0∣g(u,rΣ1/2v)≤0} and the radius function ρ(u,v)∈[0,∞]\rho(u,v)\in[0,\infty]ρ(u,v)∈[0,∞] is the supremum of that set. For x∈Dˉx\in\bar Dx∈Dˉ, ux∈L2(D)u_x\in L^2(D)ux​∈L2(D) is defined by (ux,h)L2(D)=(A−1h)(x)(u_x,h)_{L^2(D)}=(A^{-1}h)(x)(ux​,h)L2(D)​=(A−1h)(x), and

M∗(uˉ,v)={x∈Dˉ∣[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)>0, yˉ(x)+ρ(uˉ,v)[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)=α},yˉ=S(uˉ,0).M^*(\bar u,v)=\{x\in\bar D\mid[P(0,\Sigma^{1/2}v)](x)>0,\ \bar y(x)+\rho(\bar u,v)[P(0,\Sigma^{1/2}v)](x)=\alpha\},\qquad \bar y=S(\bar u,0).M∗(uˉ,v)={x∈Dˉ∣[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)>0, yˉ​(x)+ρ(uˉ,v)[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)=α},yˉ​=S(uˉ,0).

∂C\partial^C∂C is the Clarke subdifferential, with L2(D)∗L^2(D)^*L2(D)∗ identified with L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D), and integrals of set-valued maps are Aumann integrals.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.16

Assume a control u^\hat uu^ with φ(u^)>p\varphi(\hat u)>pφ(u^)>p (41), and let u∗u^*u∗ be feasible with expected state y~=S(u∗,0)\tilde y=S(u^*,0)y~​=S(u∗,0) satisfying y~(x)<α\tilde y(x)<\alphay~​(x)<α on Dˉ\bar DDˉ (42). If u∗u^*u∗ solves (24), there is λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 with

DF(u∗)∈−λ∫{v∣ρ(u∗,v)<∞}χ(ρ(u∗,v))⋅clco⁡{ux[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x) ∣ x∈M∗(u∗,v)} dμζ(v),DF(u^*)\in-\lambda\int_{\{v\mid\rho(u^*,v)<\infty\}}\chi(\rho(u^*,v))\cdot\operatorname{clco}\Big\{\frac{u_x}{[P(0,\Sigma^{1/2}v)](x)}\ \Big|\ x\in M^*(u^*,v)\Big\}\,d\mu_\zeta(v),DF(u∗)∈−λ∫{v∣ρ(u∗,v)<∞}​χ(ρ(u∗,v))⋅clco{[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)ux​​ ​ x∈M∗(u∗,v)}dμζ​(v), λ(P(y∗(x,ω)≤α ∀x∈D)−p)=0,\lambda\big(\mathbb P(y^*(x,\omega)\le\alpha\ \forall x\in D)-p\big)=0,λ(P(y∗(x,ω)≤α ∀x∈D)−p)=0,

and these conditions are sufficient when M∗(u∗,v)M^*(u^*,v)M∗(u∗,v) is a singleton for μζ\mu_\zetaμζ​-a.e. vvv with ρ(u∗,v)<∞\rho(u^*,v)<\inftyρ(u∗,v)<∞, or the set {z∣g(u∗,z)≤0}\{z\mid g(u^*,z)\le0\}{z∣g(u∗,z)≤0} is bounded. The goal has no hard-coded constants; it asserts the form of the optimality system.

Milestones

In attack order: well-posedness of the state equation with the bound ∥y^∥C(Dˉ)≤C(∥z∥2+∥u+f0∥L2(D))\|\hat y\|_{C(\bar D)}\le C(\|z\|_2+\|u+f_0\|_{L^2(D)})∥y^​∥C(Dˉ)​≤C(∥z∥2​+∥u+f0​∥L2(D)​) (Lemma 1.2); measurability of the random state (Lemma 1.4); convexity and global Lipschitz continuity of ggg (Lemma 2.9); moderate growth (Lemma 2.10); the Lipschitz and subdifferential conclusions of the general theory under (26) (Corollary 2.11); the optimality conditions (21), (22) for (24) (Corollary 2.12); ∂uCe(uˉ,v)={0}\partial^C_ue(\bar u,v)=\{0\}∂uC​e(uˉ,v)={0} when ρ(uˉ,v)=∞\rho(\bar u,v)=\inftyρ(uˉ,v)=∞ (Lemma 2.13); the explicit formula ∂uCe(uˉ,v)=−χ(ρ(uˉ,v))⋅clco⁡{ux/[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)∣x∈M∗(uˉ,v)}\partial^C_ue(\bar u,v)=-\chi(\rho(\bar u,v))\cdot\operatorname{clco}\{u_x/[P(0,\Sigma^{1/2}v)](x)\mid x\in M^*(\bar u,v)\}∂uC​e(uˉ,v)=−χ(ρ(uˉ,v))⋅clco{ux​/[P(0,Σ1/2v)](x)∣x∈M∗(uˉ,v)} when ρ(uˉ,v)<∞\rho(\bar u,v)<\inftyρ(uˉ,v)<∞ (Lemma 2.14); and the upper estimate (40) of ∂Cφ(uˉ)\partial^C\varphi(\bar u)∂Cφ(uˉ) with its equality cases (Theorem 2.15).

Significance

The result turns an abstract statement — DF(u∗)DF(u^*)DF(u∗) lies in a multiple of the Clarke subdifferential of a probability function that has no closed form — into a condition written in the problem data: Green-type functions uxu_xux​, the expected state, and the radius function along each direction of the sphere. This is what makes the conditions usable for checking candidate controls and for designing algorithms, and Example 2.18 of the paper computes a solution this way. The sufficiency half identifies when the nonconvex chance-constrained problem behaves like a convex one.

The paper's proofs are on paper only; to our knowledge none of these results, nor the spherical-radial decomposition, Clarke calculus in Hilbert spaces, or Aumann integrals in L2L^2L2, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing Theorem 2.16 requires connecting elliptic regularity, Gaussian measure theory and nonsmooth analysis, and the milestones are reusable on their own: Lemma 1.2 is a regularity statement for the Poisson equation, and Lemmas 2.13 and 2.14 are max-function subdifferential formulas in an infinite-dimensional space.

Difficulty

The obvious route — differentiate φ\varphiφ and use a Lagrange multiplier — fails because φ\varphiφ is generally not differentiable even for smooth data (Example 2.17 of the paper), and because ggg is only Lipschitz, being a maximum over Dˉ\bar DDˉ. The general subdifferential estimate (Theorem 2.2, from Hantoute–Henrion–Pérez-Aros) needs a growth condition and only gives an inclusion, since the radial probability function is not Clarke regular; the radius function ρ(⋅,v)\rho(\cdot,v)ρ(⋅,v) is an infimum over the open set where P(0,Σ1/2v)>0P(0,\Sigma^{1/2}v)>0P(0,Σ1/2v)>0, which is neither compact nor independent of uuu, so standard max-function formulas do not apply directly. Directions with ρ=∞\rho=\inftyρ=∞ require a separate limiting argument through the Mordukhovich subdifferential (Lemma 2.13). The regularity input, continuity of solutions on Dˉ\bar DDˉ for class-S domains (Kinderlehrer–Stampacchia 1980), is not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All declarations are in the namespace ChanceStateCtrl.PDE. Rd\mathbb R^dRd and Rm\mathbb R^mRm are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m), indices are Fin m, L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D) is Lp ℝ 2 (volume.restrict D). Weak derivatives are the published HunterPDE.Shared.HasWeakDeriv; a weak solution is a function continuous on Dˉ\bar DDˉ, zero on ∂D\partial D∂D, in L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D) with weak first derivatives in L2(D)L^2(D)L2(D), satisfying the weak form against Cc∞(D)C_c^\infty(D)Cc∞​(D).

Standing hypotheses on every theorem: DDD open, bounded and nonempty, d∈{1,2,3}d\in\{1,2,3\}d∈{1,2,3}, class S, and CompactSpace (closure D) (a consequence of boundedness). Nonemptiness of DDD is the one added hypothesis: Lean's supremum over an empty domain is 000, not −∞-\infty−∞, and Lemma 2.9's identification of events fails for D=∅D=\emptysetD=∅. A−1A^{-1}A−1 is a continuous linear map to C(Dˉ)C(\bar D)C(Dˉ) together with the hypothesis that it returns the weak solution; it is never an arbitrary operator. m≥1m\ge1m≥1, as the uniform distribution on Sm−1\mathbb S^{m-1}Sm−1 requires. Σ1/2\Sigma^{1/2}Σ1/2 is the positive semidefinite root; ∥Σ1/2∥\|\Sigma^{1/2}\|∥Σ1/2∥ is its operator norm. The Clarke directional derivative is lim sup⁡u′→u,t↓0(f(u′+th)−f(u′))/t\limsup_{u'\to u,t\downarrow0}(f(u'+th)-f(u'))/tlimsupu′→u,t↓0​(f(u′+th)−f(u′))/t (the page's denominator hhh is a misprint). ρ\rhoρ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. clco is the norm closure of the convex hull. The integral in (40)/(43) is over the restriction of μζ\mu_\zetaμζ​ to {ρ<∞}\{\rho<\infty\}{ρ<∞}, not a renormalization. A solution is a global minimizer over {u∣φ(u)≥p}\{u\mid\varphi(u)\ge p\}{u∣φ(u)≥p}; the page's "solution to (9)" refers to this instance of the abstract problem (9).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: every Clarke subdifferential is taken at a point where the function is locally Lipschitz (proved in Corollary 2.11 and Theorem 2.15), the state operator is tied to the PDE, the multiplier carries its sign and complementarity, Aumann selections must be scalarly integrable, and optimality is global.

Needed infrastructure: elliptic regularity in C(Dˉ)C(\bar D)C(Dˉ) for class-S domains; the spherical-radial decomposition of N(0,Σ)\mathcal N(0,\Sigma)N(0,Σ); Clarke calculus (chain rule, max functions) on Hilbert spaces; Clarke's theorem on subdifferentials of integral functionals. Contributions of any of these as stand-alone theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Geiersbach, R. Henrion, Optimality conditions in control problems with random state constraints in probabilistic or almost-sure form, arXiv:2306.03965v2, 2024; Math. Oper. Res., 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.03965
  • A. Hantoute, R. Henrion, P. Pérez-Aros, Subdifferential characterization of probability functions under Gaussian distribution, Math. Program. 174 (2019), 167–194. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1237-9
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; SIAM reprint 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • D. Kinderlehrer, G. Stampacchia, An Introduction to Variational Inequalities and Their Applications, Academic Press, 1980; SIAM reprint 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719451
  • A. Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, Kluwer, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-3087-7
14 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management II: A Firm with Small Data-Based Revenue Earns More Profit After the GDPRResearch Paper

Motivation

The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, 2018) requires a firm to obtain a consumer's explicit consent before it collects personal data. The common expectation, in policy debate and in much of the empirical literature, is that consent requirements cost firms money: they shrink the pool of consumer data that can be monetized through advertising, personalization or resale. Choe, Matsushima and Shekhar (ISER Discussion Paper No. 1246, 2024; published as Management Science, 2025) build a monopoly pricing model in which consent creates a new purchase option. A consumer who would not have bought the service under compulsory data sharing can now buy it without sharing. They then ask how the firm's equilibrium price, profit and consumer surplus change.

This mission formalizes the paper's analytic profit result. If the firm's revenue is mostly usage based, meaning its revenue per unit of collected data is small, then the firm earns strictly more in equilibrium after the GDPR than before. The result is the source of the paper's title. Regulation that is usually read as a cost to firms raises the profit of one well-defined class of firms.

Setting

A monopolist sells an online service at zero marginal cost and sets a price p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R. Negative prices are allowed: they pay consumers to use the service. A consumer type is a pair (v,c)∈[0,1]2(v,c)\in[0,1]^2(v,c)∈[0,1]2, where vvv is the valuation of the service and ccc the privacy cost of sharing data. Types are independent and uniform on the unit square, so the mass of a set of consumers is its area. A consumer who shares data receives an opt-in benefit x∈(0,1)x\in(0,1)x∈(0,1). The utilities of opt-in purchase (buy and share) and opt-out purchase (buy without sharing) are

US(v,c)=v+(x−c)−p,UN(v,c)=v−p.U_S(v,c)=v+(x-c)-p,\qquad U_N(v,c)=v-p .US​(v,c)=v+(x−c)−p,UN​(v,c)=v−p.

The firm earns data revenue α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 per unit of collected data. Its profit is Π=pD+αDS\Pi=pD+\alpha D_SΠ=pD+αDS​, where DDD is total demand and DSD_SDS​ the mass of consumers who share data.

  • Before the GDPR opt-out purchase is unavailable. A consumer buys, and shares, iff US≥0U_S\ge0US​≥0. The demand D^(p)\widehat D(p)D(p) is the area of {(v,c)∈[0,1]2:US≥0}\{(v,c)\in[0,1]^2: U_S\ge 0\}{(v,c)∈[0,1]2:US​≥0}, and the profit is Π^(p)=(p+α)D^(p)\widehat\Pi(p)=(p+\alpha)\widehat D(p)Π(p)=(p+α)D(p).
  • After the GDPR the opt-in buyers are {(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+x−p, c≤x}\{(v,c)\in[0,1]^2 : c\le v+x-p,\ c\le x\}{(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+x−p, c≤x} and the opt-out buyers are {(v,c)∈[0,1]2:v≥p, c>x}\{(v,c)\in[0,1]^2: v\ge p,\ c>x\}{(v,c)∈[0,1]2:v≥p, c>x}. Their areas are D~S(p)\widetilde D_S(p)DS​(p) and D~N(p)\widetilde D_N(p)DN​(p), and the profit is Π~(p)=p(D~S(p)+D~N(p))+αD~S(p)\widetilde\Pi(p)=p(\widetilde D_S(p)+\widetilde D_N(p))+\alpha\widetilde D_S(p)Π(p)=p(DS​(p)+DN​(p))+αDS​(p).

An equilibrium price is a global maximizer of the profit over p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R: the firm moves first and consumers respond. The paper's thresholds are

α1(x)=max⁡{1−2x2,0},α2(x)=max⁡{2−4x+x22x,0}.\alpha_1(x)=\max\Big\{\frac{1-2x}{2},0\Big\},\qquad \alpha_2(x)=\max\Big\{\frac{2-4x+x^2}{2x},0\Big\}.α1​(x)=max{21−2x​,0},α2​(x)=max{2x2−4x+x2​,0}.

"Case 1a" (before) and "case 2a" (after) are the equilibria with x<p⋆<1+xx<p^\star<1+xx<p⋆<1+x, in which low-valuation consumers stay out of the market.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition A3, first bullet (p. 34)

If α<α1(x)\alpha<\alpha_1(x)α<α1​(x), both profit functions attain their maxima over R\mathbb RR, and

max⁡p∈RΠ~(p)  >  max⁡p∈RΠ^(p),\max_{p\in\mathbb R}\widetilde\Pi(p)\;>\;\max_{p\in\mathbb R}\widehat\Pi(p),p∈Rmax​Π(p)>p∈Rmax​Π(p),

that is, Π~2a⋆>Π^1a⋆\widetilde\Pi^\star_{2a}>\widehat\Pi^\star_{1a}Π2a⋆​>Π1a⋆​. The hypothesis forces x<1/2x<1/2x<1/2, because α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0.

Milestones

  1. Lemma A3, first bullet (p. 33): for x≤1/2x\le 1/2x≤1/2 and α<α1(x)\alpha<\alpha_1(x)α<α1​(x), every equilibrium price before the GDPR lies in (x,1+x)(x,1+x)(x,1+x) (case 1a), and so does every equilibrium price after it (case 2a).
  2. Equilibrium profit before the GDPR (p. 31): for α<α1(x)\alpha<\alpha_1(x)α<α1​(x), Π^⋆=2(1+x+α)3/27\widehat\Pi^\star=2(1+x+\alpha)^3/27Π⋆=2(1+x+α)3/27.
  3. Equilibrium profit after the GDPR (p. 32): for α<α2(x)\alpha<\alpha_2(x)α<α2​(x), Π~⋆=(4+4x(x+2α+2αx)+x2(x−2α)2)/16\widetilde\Pi^\star=\big(4+4x(x+2\alpha+2\alpha x)+x^2(x-2\alpha)^2\big)/16Π⋆=(4+4x(x+2α+2αx)+x2(x−2α)2)/16.
  4. Online Appendix §F, first display (OA p. 9): for α<α1(x)\alpha<\alpha_1(x)α<α1​(x), Π~⋆−Π^⋆=J(x,α)/432\widetilde\Pi^\star-\widehat\Pi^\star=J(x,\alpha)/432Π⋆−Π⋆=J(x,α)/432, with JJJ the explicit quartic polynomial printed there.
  5. Online Appendix §F, conclusion (OA p. 9): J(x,α)>0J(x,\alpha)>0J(x,α)>0 whenever 0<x<1/20<x<1/20<x<1/2 and 0≤α<(1−2x)/20\le\alpha<(1-2x)/20≤α<(1−2x)/2.

Significance

The result. Proposition A3 separates firms by revenue model. A firm whose revenue is mostly usage based gains from the GDPR. The opt-out option brings in consumers with high privacy costs who did not buy before, and this extra demand lets the firm both raise its price and sell to more consumers. Together these outweigh the lost data revenue. The other two bullets of Proposition A3 treat firms with larger α\alphaα, for which the comparison can go either way. Their thresholds α5(x)\alpha_5(x)α5​(x) and α6(x)\alpha_6(x)α6​(x) are defined only as "the value of α\alphaα that solves" an equation, with existence and uniqueness shown in plots, so they are not posed here. The paper's Propositions 1–4 are its main-text results at x=1/4x=1/4x=1/4. The price comparison (Proposition 1) is the x=1/4x=1/4x=1/4 instance of the general Proposition A1, the subject of the sibling mission in this series. Propositions 2–4, A2, A3 (bullets 2–3) and A4 rest on numerically located thresholds and are not posed.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is in print, but no part of it has been machine-checked. The model is fully explicit (a uniform distribution, two areas, two profit functions on R\mathbb RR), so a complete formal proof would certify every link from the primitives to the inequality. That covers the computation of the polygon areas, the global maximization of a piecewise polynomial over all real prices, and the final polynomial inequality. The printed proof of the last step contains a slip: the value it gives for "J(x,α1(x))J(x,\alpha_1(x))J(x,α1​(x))" is the value of J/432J/432J/432. A formalization fixes such details for good.

Difficulty

The closed forms are easy to verify once the equilibrium is known to be interior to case 1a and case 2a. The work lies elsewhere. Computing the demands requires the Lebesgue area of a family of polygons whose shape changes with ppp. Over all of R\mathbb RR each demand is piecewise polynomial with several pieces, and the profits are piecewise cubic. Identifying the global maximizer means checking every piece, including negative prices before the GDPR and the corner pieces where demand saturates at 000 or 111. A first-order condition on one piece gives only a candidate. The comparison of the two maximal values then reduces to a two-variable quartic inequality on a triangle, which holds strictly on the open region but becomes tight at its corner x→0x\to0x→0, α→1/2\alpha\to1/2α→1/2, where J(0,1/2)=0J(0,1/2)=0J(0,1/2)=0.

Formalization scope

  • Model. One definitions file, GDPRPrivacy.PriceRise.Model, shared with the sibling mission on the equilibrium price. A type is q : ℝ × ℝ with q.1 = v and q.2 = c. Demands are (volume S).toReal for the explicit sets S⊆[0,1]2S\subseteq[0,1]^2S⊆[0,1]2 above, with the opt-in and opt-out sets of p. 13 copied literally. Ties are assigned to opt-in, which changes only null sets. The file also defines α1,α2,β,Γ\alpha_1,\alpha_2,\beta,\Gammaα1​,α2​,β,Γ.
  • Standing assumptions. Every theorem assumes 0<x<10<x<10<x<1 and α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 (§3, pp. 7–8). No other hypothesis is added. Milestone 1 keeps the paper's x≤1/2x\le 1/2x≤1/2, and milestone 5 keeps its printed region α<(1−2x)/2\alpha<(1-2x)/2α<(1−2x)/2, x<1/2x<1/2x<1/2.
  • Equilibria. An equilibrium price is any p with IsMaxOn (profitBefore x α) Set.univ p (respectively profitAfter). Every statement asserts that a maximizer exists and then quantifies over all maximizers.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. The goal compares the maximal values of the two model profit functions. It does not compare the closed forms 2(1+x+α)3/272(1+x+\alpha)^3/272(1+x+α)3/27 and Π~2a⋆\widetilde\Pi^\star_{2a}Π2a⋆​ (that is milestones 4–5 alone), it does not compare the profits at a common price, and it does not restrict the price range. The existence conjuncts prevent a vacuous "for every maximizer".
  • Needed infrastructure. Areas of polygons in R2\mathbb R^2R2 via MeasureTheory.volume (Fubini or regionBetween), maximization of piecewise polynomials on R\mathbb RR, and polynomial inequalities. Lemmas computing the area of {(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+t}\{(v,c)\in[0,1]^2: c\le v+t\}{(v,c)∈[0,1]2:c≤v+t} as a function of ttt are reusable for other uniform-type screening and pricing models. Contributions of such lemmas, and of the explicit demand formulas (4)–(6) of the paper, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Choe, N. Matsushima and S. Shekhar, The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management, ISER Discussion Paper No. 1246, Osaka University, June 2024. The artifact formalized here; theorem and page numbers refer to it.
  • C. Choe, N. Matsushima and S. Shekhar, The Bright Side of the GDPR: Welfare-Improving Privacy Management, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2024.06653
  • S. P. Anderson and J. S. Gans, Platform Siphoning: Ad-Avoidance and Media Content, American Economic Journal: Microeconomics 3(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1257/mic.3.4.1
  • Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), Official Journal of the European Union L 119, 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
7 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 52 of 69Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me